*
*
*
*
*
*
MasteringFood
*
* Member Login * * Signup
*
welcome
*
*
how it works
*
*
learn more
*
*
free trial
*
*
blog
*
*
start the 12-week program
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 04, 2007

You're Not Alone in Your Efforts to Lose Weight

Hi, my name is Michelle Fiordaliso. I am the Clinical Director of the Shrink Yourself Mastering Food Program. I am a psychotherapist and certified nutritional counselor.

At the risk of sounding like that old Hair Club for Men commercial, I don't just work at this company but I have had my own struggles with weight beginning when I was nine-years old. As a child I had a dream of being an actor. When I was nine, I met an agent who wanted to sign me. He suggested that I lose ten pounds. The very next day, I tried not to eat anything, until four o'clock when I found I was starving, and gave in and ate two Oreo cookies with a friend. Then there was the freshman fifteen, a thirty-pound weight gain when I had thyroid problems, and an eighty-pound weight gain when I was pregnant with my son. I called myself, "The Human Accordion," swelling and shrinking from time to time. Finally, I reached a place where I was so fed-up with a body that was constantly changing. I'm sure you're familiar with that place. I knew I had to do something different than diet and exercise. I had to change my relationship to food. Once I did this, following a sensible diet and exercise plan became much easier. Of course, I still worry about my weight, who doesn't, but it's an occasional thought not an every day, every meal obsession.

I am here to present you with links to the most up-to-date articles about Emotional Eating, to answer your questions, and to remind you that you are not alone in this journey to recover your power over food. I can promise you the place to start is by going inside and asking yourself certain questions. If I could wave a magic wand and take away this painful vicious cycle, I would. But we both know I can't. But what I can do, is share how I used the Shrink Yourself methods to put an end to this pattern, and help you find the plan that will work best for you.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:22:03 PM | 18 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, MARCH 05, 2010

FEEDING THE MIND

I’m going to use this blog each week to tell, and retell, just one simple story, and that is how the mind feeds itself on food. Here’s the first version.

Once upon a time, a long time ago, a patient said to me, “You know, there are good food days and bad food days.” As usual, I asked the obvious question. “What’s the difference?”
“Well, on good food days, I know exactly what to eat, and I enjoy eating healthy. Not too much, but enough to feel satisfied, and I don’t feel guilty.”

And bad food days? “That’s when I don’t want to do that. I want my reward. I am too stressed out.”

So, you know how to eat healthy and you can enjoy it but some days you just don’t want to do it, and on those days you are feeding your mind, not your body. “Yes, I am feeding myself a drug.”

[more]
That’s the beginning of everyone’s story who has trouble controlling their weight. On certain days you are convinced that you have to feed your mind, and you feel like you don’t have any choice about it (powerless), and in fact, you want to do it even though you know, quite well, you will beat yourself up for doing it within hours.

My patient actually had 30 good food days in a row before a bad day just appeared, for no apparent reason. For 30 days her husband of two decades was treating her surprisingly well and she thought that finally all the work they did together was paying off.

She didn't know why she was having a few bad food days. Everything was going so well, wasn't it? Yes, they were but she didn't want to see some early warning signs that his mood was changing. She wanted to stay in her bubble a little longer. Feeding her mind helped her do that.

Her bad eating days kept her preoccupied with food and guilt and kept her from seeing the pieces of reality that she did not want to deal with. Because she didn’t want to see the early warning signs of his mood change, she didn’t do what she needed to do to avoid a blowup, and when it came, she felt furious and betrayed. She paid a big price for her short-term reprieve from reality.

That’s the first version of how the mind feeds on food. When you want to deny or avoid an uncomfortable reality, you can temporarily shut down the most intelligent part of your mind, by feeding yourself food, and staying preoccupied with the guilt about eating too much. It works, but it costs a lot.

It took my patient quite a while to realize that her anger at being betrayed by his mood change should not be totally directed at him. She was the one who was trying to live inside the illusion that all the ups and downs in the relationship had magically gone away. She was the one who didn’t want to have to live with the complexity of human relationships. She was the one who might have managed the changing mood, if she would let herself acknowledge it, and might have avoided the blowup altogether.

If she didn’t dull her considerable intelligence by feeding her mind, her life would work a lot easier, and she wouldn’t have to store her anger in her fat cells.

That’s version one. As we go on you will see that feeding your mind with food serves many purposes and they all are very costly. Feed your body well. But when you feed your mind, it should be with rich thought, not with food.

POSTED BY !DR. GOULD! | 7:43:03 AM | 13 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 25, 2010

Only Measure Meal by Meal

Are you always judging, critiquing or evaluating yourself? Do you feel like you can never measure up? Do you believe, especially when it comes to food (not to mention other things), you can never get it quite right? If so, you’re not alone.

[more]
We are in report card season right now. My son brought home his mid-year report card last week. Maybe your kids did, too. There were pages and pages of information about how he’s doing in math and reading. Average here, advanced there. Notes about how he’s not always prepared with a pencil at chorus practice. Check minuses to indicate that he doesn’t always want to run the mile at Phys. Ed (who ever did?). And a letter from his teacher about how despite his ability to engage in mature conversations with adults, he sometimes “turns off” his peers. I had to then explain to my son what it means to “turn off” your peers. Not a well-received conversation as you might imagine.

Look, we live in a society where we’re being measured and weighed constantly from the minute we’re born. The first thing that people want to know after a baby is born is how much did he/she weigh. Then, the pediatrician tells us how we’re growing in comparison to other children. Our parents appoint one sibling the smart one, the other the pretty one. And after awhile we get so accustomed to being the subject of evaluation that we inevitably do this to ourselves all day long. “I did a great job on that phone call” or “I just blew it.” We pick up where our parents and teachers left off, measuring ourselves all day long. Liking ourselves when we meet the mark and disliking ourselves when we fall short.

Addictions like alcohol, nicotine or drugs are more black and white. You’re either on them or off them. Our black and white minds like this. It’s easy to measure if we’re doing a good job. Programs to break addictions recommend taking things one day at a time. But with food, it can be so much harder. Even one day at a time can seem like an eternity when a day means three meals and two snacks that you’ve got to get right. It’s no wonder that so many of us throw in the towel after eating something we wish we hadn’t. It’s because it’s just too hard. We’ve set the bar too high. We expect too much.

If you’re trying to overcome a pattern of overeating, you need to offer yourself more realistic expectations. The only way to measure how you’re doing is one meal at a time. Don’t try to beat yourself into submission. Don’t try to bully yourself into eating well for a whole day or a whole week. Simply tell yourself, in the most loving and gentle way, that you only need to make good choices for this meal that’s ahead of you. That makes things manageable. That gives you the chance to succeed. Accept that you’re not going to get it right. There is no perfect report card. And perfection is pretty boring. When you give yourself the chance to be perfectly imperfect, you don’t have to be measured, you just have to try your best for this meal that’s in front of you. And that is something that you CAN do.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 3:43:52 PM | 4 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 2010

Self-Acceptance Starts Now!

Do you keep telling yourself that when you lose weight you’ll finally love yourself? Do you think it’s completely acceptable to reject your body in its current state? If you are plagued with thoughts about wishing you looked different, read on.
[more]
A female journalist I know who has written beauty articles for Allure, Glamour and Cosmo said, “I always thought I was just one haircut away from being beautiful. If I could only find the “right” haircut, lipstick or mascara I’d be a different person.” We do the same thing with our weight. If I was just a size (fill in the blank), if I didn’t have cellulite, if I could only lose five, fifteen or fifty pounds I’d finally accept myself. But the goal becomes more and more elusive begging us to chase it to the point of exhaustion. And even if you do arrive, it often doesn’t give you the “good” feeling you were anticipating. That doesn’t mean that being fit and feeling pretty are not acceptable goals to have, it simply means that how you get there probably looks a lot different than you to believe.

I hate to be cynical but the beauty (and diet) industry thrives on you feeling badly about your body. When you’re at your most vulnerable, they’ve got you. You’ll buy anything they’re selling hoping that it’s going to make you feel better about yourself. It won’t. So, if all of that won’t help you feel better, what will? It starts with accepting yourself exactly as you are TODAY. Even if you have wrinkles and even if you have rolls.

It can be all too common to approach dieting and exercise from a place of self-hatred. It’s our negative feelings that propel us to “deprive” ourselves. It’s no wonder that we come to resent taking care of ourselves—we’ve made it into a form of punishment. However, when we accept ourselves, we’re more likely to have the energy required to take loving actions towards our bodies—actions like eating well and exercising. It may seem like semantics but the source of your approach matters.

If you’re wondering how this could be true, I’ll share a simple story with you about my son. We have a friend who always threw him on the bed. It was a big game and brought on fits of laughter. Another friend threw him on the bed once and he started wailing. He didn’t get hurt but he got scared. Instead of playful, this other person was aggressive (on the inside) which the friend later admitted. The action was the same, but not the intent, and that made all the difference.

This change of perspective can sound easier said than done but it is a necessary part of taking care of your body for the rest of your life. This is why dealing with your own self-doubts is a big part of both the Shrink Yourself book and the online program. Some simple ways that you can start accepting yourself now are:

1. Writing down three things you did well each night.
2. Asking your friends or family to share what they love about you.
3. Meditating on a quality that you possess that you love (joy, radiance, intelligence, fun, reliability) and letting that quality flow out of you more freely.

We have the false belief that if we can only change our thinking then we’ll finally be able to change our actions. But it happens in reverse. When we change our actions, our way of thinking inevitably changes. Take loving actions towards yourself and you’ll find yourself accepting yourself more and more. Anything from putting yourself to bed early, to drawing a bath for yourself, to setting a boundary with someone who always elicits bad feelings in you. You are not fifteen pounds from fabulous, you are already fabulous. Self-acceptance starts now!

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:04:54 PM | 4 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 12, 2010

If Food Isn’t Love, What Is?

Has food become a substitute for the real love, affection and passion you crave? Did you comfort yourself with food after a relationship ended or someone died? There is a quote from Song of Solomon in the Bible that says, “Comfort me with apples, for I am sick of love.” Since the beginning of time food has been a replacement for the disappointments that love can cause. We know that while food might work as a short-term quick fix, that it can never fill the hole that only love can. If food isn’t love, what is? Keep reading to find out.
[more]
Using food as a substitute for love is so common that I have made it a yearly ritual to write about this phenomenon during Valentine’s week. Even the definition of love is overly simple and even confusing, “an intense feeling of deep affection” which might explain why figuring out what love is and having false substitutes for it are so common.

Many of us are hungry for love. Many of us are hungry for food. Many of us are hungry. Period. The two hungers can get collapsed into one another making them seem as though they are the same thing. One SY member eloquently wrote about this hunger by saying, “I have found that the desirous "monster" is not a monster at all. It's ME. It's my needs and wants and feelings and MUUUUUCH to my surprise, I'm NOT insatiable. I've ignored, denied, decried, sublimated, tabled, mocked, forgotten my needs so frequently that, like a crying baby, what might have been a little whimper has turned into a wail. And so of course I grab at the one thing, the one comfort, the one thing that's all my own: food. I have found, when I stop warring against my "monster" and start to address what it's asking for underneath the cries of food (Be kinder to me! I need a break! I can't take on this much!) the sense of deprivation is at first VERY BIG but there is a point of satiety. Even the most agitated baby won't cry forever if you comfort her long enough. And if you hold and comfort and feed and entertain and bathe and nurture and cherish that baby/baby/woman enough she'll trust you and won't need to act out to get your attention. It just takes time.

This reminds me of a quote by Pierre Reverdy, “There is no love; there are only proofs of love.” It’s not enough to love our selves or the people in our lives. We must communicate that love with loving actions and words. Just like the member above realized that she needed to be kinder to herself, give herself a break or take on less in order to stop relying on food so much, what are the ways in which you can demonstrate proofs of love to yourself and others?

A first step towards ending a pattern of using food as a substitute for love is to realize that overeating or “treating ourselves” is not an act of love but an act of aggression. This small shift in perspective can make us see that the way in which we were trying to soothe and comfort ourselves is actually counterproductive and hurtful. So, if food isn’t love, what is? Here are some quotes from a few of the greats:

"Attention is the most basic form of love; through it we bless and are blessed." - John Tarrant
This Valentine’s Day give your attention freely to yourself and others. Put down the computer, the remote, the phone, or the newspaper. Listen to your true feelings instead of feeding them.

"Loves makes your soul crawl out from its hiding place." - Zora Neale Hurston
This Valentine’s Day know yourself, share who you really are and take a risk to reveal yourself. Food keeps you in a hiding place.

“To love is to suffer. To avoid suffering one must not love. But then one suffers from not loving. Therefore to love is to suffer, not to love is to suffer. To suffer is to suffer. To be happy is to love. To be happy then is to suffer. But suffering makes one unhappy. Therefore, to be unhappy one must love, or love to suffer, or suffer from too much happiness. I hope you're getting this down." Woody Allen
This Valentine’s Day lighten up, laugh it off, and let it go. No matter how confusing love or life might be, if seen through a certain lens, the whole thing can be pretty funny. Take some time to view things with humor. Food might numb the pain and tears, but it also numbs the joy and laughter.

"One word frees us of all the weight and pain of life: that word is love." – Sophocles
This Valentine’s Day, love. Whether your proof of love is taking yourself out for a walk, eating well, laughing it off, forgiving a slight, keeping a criticism to yourself, accepting yourself as you are, buying a book you’ve been wanting to read, being kinder, just do it. Have fun looking for ways to give proofs of love. Notice that the one word that frees us of all the weight and pain of life is not food, but love.

In simple and everyday ways, love. In big and tangible ways, love. In silly ways, love. Simply put, love…love…love.


POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 8:27:13 AM | 8 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 04, 2010

Codependence Contributes to Overeating

Codependence is defined in many ways. A common definition is being overly focused on other people in a way that inhibits the quality of your life and your relationships. I’ve heard it called being O.P.P. (other people oriented). Another way to think of codependency is people-pleasing, or being a bobble head, saying yes without consideration of your own wants and needs. The concept was originated when mental health workers observed the partners of alcoholics and the ways in which they sacrificed their own health, happiness, and well-being because of someone else’s disease. As human works-in-progress, we are probably all a little bit co-dependent (heck, in our selfish society, some of us could even stand to be a little bit more O.P.P.) however, after working with overeaters for years I can assure you that some of the patterns of codependency contribute to overeating and this is what we’re going to look at today.

[more]
Codependent’s Anonymous defines four patterns of co-dependency. They are denial, low self-esteem, compliance, and control (outlined below). For each one, I’m going to write how that particular pattern ties in to overeating. At the end I will give you some simple tools that you can use to combat codependency (and the overeating it can trigger).

Denial Patterns:
I have difficulty identifying what I am feeling.
I minimize, alter or deny how I truly feel.
I perceive myself as completely unselfish and dedicated to the well being of others.

Overeating:
When we’re disconnected from our feelings for too long, any feeling starts to be intolerable. Since food numbs feelings, a pattern of denial can contribute to overeating by insuring that you’ll be distanced from your true feelings. Food stops you from feeling and keeps you in a denial pattern.


Low Self Esteem Patterns:
I have difficulty making decisions.
I judge everything I think, say or do harshly, as never "good enough."
I am embarrassed to receive recognition and praise or gifts.
I do not ask others to meet my needs or desires.
I value others' approval of my thinking, feelings and behavior over my own.
I do not perceive myself as a lovable or worthwhile person.

Overeating:
When our true needs are not met, food can feel like a quick fix way to fill up. It is an overly simplified way of receiving. Using food in this way defers having to develop the skills to treat ourselves as worthy and lovable, and to trust that we can ask for what we want. Food stops you from sticking up for yourself, and keeps you in a low self-esteem pattern.

Compliance Patterns:
I compromise my own values and integrity to avoid rejection or others' anger.
I am very sensitive to how others are feeling and feel the same.
I am extremely loyal, remaining in harmful situations too long.
I value others' opinions and feelings more than my own and am afraid to express differing opinions and feelings of my own.
I put aside my own interests and hobbies in order to do what others want.
I accept sex when I want love.

Overeating:
Overeating is often a consolation prize for not getting the things we truly want in life. C’mon, if a genie came out of a bottle offering a wish, would you pick a brownie or true love, a cookie or a fulfilling career, a piece of pizza or peace of mind? The answer is clear. Every time we choose food instead of creating a life we love, we’re confirming that we’re not important therefore food keeps a compliance pattern going.

Control Patterns:
I believe most other people are incapable of taking care of themselves.
I attempt to convince others of what they "should" think and how they "truly" feel.
I become resentful when others will not let me help them.
I freely offer others advice and directions without being asked.
I lavish gifts and favors on those I care about.
I use sex to gain approval and acceptance.
I have to be "needed" in order to have a relationship with others.

Overeating:
We are worthy of love. Period. We don’t have to do anything to get love. We don’t have to make ourselves indispensable. We just have to be. This simple realization can stop you from busying yourself with everyone else’s needs. And when you do you might have the time to eat well and exercise.

Feelings, our feelings, are important guideposts. If we shut the door on them, whether by being overly focused on others or by overeating, our compass gets stuck. Shrink Yourself helps you to feel again (without fear). Here are some simple ways to start breaking a pattern of codependency and the overeating that it can cause.

1. Use “I” statements. It can be so difficult to own our own feelings. “I feel lonely” instead of “you never spend time with me during football season.”
2. Practice making simple requests. “Can I have a kiss during the commercial break?” instead of “Be more affectionate.”
3. Do a Temperature Check – Check in with yourself. Stop to see how you're feeling in both body, and mind. Use that temperature check to help you use “I” statements and make simple requests (or simply to get some rest when you need it).

Melody Beattie, the Queen of Codependency says, “recovery can be fun.” It can be wonderful to discover who you are and what you really feel, independent of other people.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:34:36 PM | 8 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, JANUARY 28, 2010

3 Ways to Trust Yourself Enough to Lose the Weight

Have your past weight loss failures left you feeling like you’ll never succeed? Have experiences with dieting contributed to your loss of faith or confidence in yourself? Do you feel defeated? Most dieters have feelings of failure that lead to lower self-esteem. Here are three ways to regain your trust in yourself.
[more]
After years of picking up my son at school he undeniably expects me to be there when he steps out of class. Granted, picking up your child on a regular basis is a lot easier (for most of us) than eating what we say we will. Simply put: trust develops when people do what they say they are going to do. Diets set you up to mistrust yourself because you expect that to succeed you must do things perfectly without any margin for error. This is simply impossible. To regain trust follow these three steps.

1. Stop Dieting
This might sound especially difficult to do. Dieting can become an obsession—the never-ending search for the magic quick fix cure. Many of us hold the false belief that without a diet we will gain more weight than ever before. This isn’t true. In fact, most people that gain weight over the years do it after a diet ends. The end of each diet packs on the weight that was lost, plus a little bit more. The other problem with diets is that they give you the false belief that you only have to do them temporarily. That’s a misconception. To lose weight and keep it off for life you must change your lifestyle, not for two weeks, not for two months, not till you lose the weight, but forever. Until we accept this, we will waffle, yo-yo, and continue to start something we have no intention of finishing. And that’s where the trust erodes. So, stop dieting, start creating lifelong change and try Shrink Yourself for 14 Days to help you do that.

2. Grounded
The logical question after giving up dieting is, “What now?” If you’ve dieted for nearly a lifetime, it can be disorienting to entertain the notion of giving it up. But the fact is by now you probably know what to eat. So, simply face each meal, one food choice at a time. To do this, and to do it well you need to stay grounded, to stay in your body. In today’s world this can be very difficult. We are sped up. We are disengaged. We are distracted. Before eating, slow down, breathe, feel your feet on the floor, your butt in the chair. All of this will bring you into the present moment where you get to choose what, and how much you eat. If you’re not grounded, you’re likely to eat mindlessly. When you’re mindless, you’re simply not there, and if you’re not there how can you make a conscious decision. Staying grounded will also help with emotional eating. If you’re present you can tell someone when they’re hurting your feelings instead of sucking it up, and then needing to pacify the feeling later with food. Practice being present in all areas of your life. You can only trust yourself if you’re there.

3. It Takes Time
Trust takes time to build. The more you make new, and different choices, the more you will believe you can. A marathon runner starts out running to the mailbox. The next week, she or he might make it to the corner. And soon enough they’re running a mile. And finally they’re running 26.2. miles all in one day. What starts off as unfathomable becomes doable, but only with time. The runner trusts that they can do it because they prove to themselves that they can. You have to prove to yourself that you can do this. You can eat sensibly without the restrictions of a diet. You can stick up for yourself. You can exercise regularly. Each choice you make builds trust, and with trust, the choices get easier.

4. The Process is as Important as the End Result
Something is changing in our world. Many people have reported that they’ve spent so much of their recent years rushing to get somewhere only to realize that precious moments were squandered along the day. If you’re reading this, one of the end results you probably want is weight loss, and that’s okay. However, each time you make a better food choice, each time you put on your sneakers even when you don’t want to, each time you choose to deal with life’s challenges without using food to numb yourself, you change. It’s these choices that make you grow, evolve, and mature. Sure, the end result might be weight loss but each moment provides you with a chance to know yourself better, to treat yourself more kindly, and to trust yourself for doing what you say you will do.

The end result of all this will be losing weight. That will be terrific but the process of becoming the kind of trustworthy person who can make those kinds of choices will be sublime. Don’t miss it by focusing solely on the finish line.






POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:14:46 PM | 8 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, JANUARY 22, 2010

How to Warm Up Without Food

It’s been freezing in most parts of the country. And even in sunny California it’s been non-stop rain and cold. These are the kinds of days that make us want to nest at home with a big pot of comforting food. If you don’t want the weather to affect your weight, you’ll have to discover ways to get warmth and comfort without food. Keep reading to find out how.
[more]
“Baby, it’s cold outside,” I can hear the words of the song in my head. While it might seem natural to cook up something fattening and delicious and just sit inside to get through these cold days, think again. There are other ways to get warm.

HOT BEVERAGES – Don’t underestimate the comfort of tea. I simply like the feeling of holding a cup of hot water in my hands. Somehow, it dials stress down. You can have fun finding a favorite tea that doesn’t require cream and sugar to be delicious. You can try a cup of hot water with lemon that helps to cleanse and detoxify your body. You can even just drink hot water (I like half boiling water and half room temperature water). My friend and I call it a half and half (and it’s a lot less fattening than the real half and half). Another surprisingly delicious drink is hot water with a sprinkle of cinnamon and a little bit of honey. It has healing properties and tastes really good.

HOT BATHS – I often hear members say that they want to eat before bedtime because it helps them go to sleep. You don’t need food to do this. Just dipping into a hot bath for 5-10 minutes helps raise your body temperature so you effortlessly drift off to sleep.

A HOT WATER BOTTLE OR BUCKWHEAT PILLOW – One of the greatest things I discovered in the past ten years was how a hot water bottle is probably one of the greatest things ever created. It helps with pain and warms you up. Those buckwheat pillows that you pop in the microwave are pretty terrific too but I don’t have a microwave so I’m sticking with my “hottie.” If you’ve never tried either of these, please do. It can provide a comfort that you thought only food could.

EXERCISE – It can be easy to convince ourselves that it’s too wet or cold to go out and exercise, however, learning how to befriend the weather can help with feelings of powerlessness. These days there are so many types of microfiber materials and insulated shoes that you can feel warm no matter what’s going on outside. A short walk in the cold always makes you feel warmer when you come inside.

BODY HEAT – Snuggle under a blanket with your kids and watch a DVD, find your spouse and give them a prolonged embrace or keep your pets close by. Human beings are pack animals. We need other people, and warm bodies do make the cold less intimidating.

Staying warm is a critical human need. Food warms you up for a little bit but then makes you colder as cortisol and insulin levels drop after eating. Explore other ways to stay warm and comforted this winter without food.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:21:32 PM | 4 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, JANUARY 15, 2010

People, People Who Need People

Barbara Streisand croons, “People, people who need people are the luckiest people in the world.” Simply put, we need people. A brilliant PBS documentary called “This Emotional Life” that was hosted recently by Daniel Gilbert, PhD talks about how our fulfillment is directly correlated to the quality of our relationships. If disharmony or disappointment in your relationships contributes to your overeating, keep reading.
[more]
In the mini-series, “This Emotional Life”, the controversial study by psychologist, Harry Harlow is cited. For those that are not aware of this study, I’ll summarize it. Dr. Harlow took rhesus monkeys and separated them from their mothers. He then gave them the option of two possible surrogates. One surrogate was a wire shaped monkey that had a baby bottle that provided food. The other was a cozy, terrycloth surrogate who provided softness but no food. The monkeys always preferred the comfort over the nourishment. Whenever a frightening stimulus was brought into the room, the monkey ran to the terrycloth surrogate.

Even bearing in mind that rhesus monkeys require the act of clinging more than human babies, there is perhaps something for us to learn from this experiment. Human mothers often use feeding time to bond with their children. As a result, as adults we may return to the idea that food will provide us with comfort, when perhaps it’s a different sort of comfort that we truly crave. It is not food that soothes us when we are frightened, anxious or upset, it is softness. Gentleness. Love.

But how do we get it? That can be the hard part. We often act the most repellent when we need people the most. We criticize, when we want to connect. We nitpick instead of admitting our vulnerable needs. One line that I loved in the documentary by psychologist, John Cacioppo, who is an expert on loneliness and the effects of social isolation, was, “loneliness is not a feeling, but an urge, like hunger or thirst that indicates something essential is absent.” To me, this reflects that quality human contact is not an added benefit of being human, but a necessity, as critical to our health and well-being, as food, water, or air. Read more about loneliness.

I saw evidence of this when a member of Shrink Yourself recently shared that after an upsetting event she was tempted to binge. Instead, she PAUSED in the way that we teach members to do in the Shrink Yourself program. She called a friend and shared the biggest laugh that she had had in a long time. Afterwards, she was clear that reaching for food would have prevented this phone call. And the human connection is what she needed to remedy the upsetting event, not the tasty treat. So often we go for the quick fix because we don’t know how to connect. Because it feels easier. Because we don’t believe we have people to connect to. Or, are afraid to make ourselves vulnerable. Or have been disappointed too many times to reach out, yet again.

No matter what you have experienced, don’t give up. Human connection, albeit painful at times, is well worth it. Some quick ways to bring more human connection into your life.

  1. Hug Someone – A hug that lasts six seconds or more triggers the release of a hormone called oxytocin. This hormone makes you feel more loving. So, take time to hug. It can be your spouse, your child, your elderly neighbor, even a stranger. I try to give my son six of these a day and when we forget, we give a thirty-six second hug before bedtime

  2. Make Your Children Smile – MRI studies show that when a mother sees her child smile the same part of the brain lights up as the part that lights up when she thinks about food or sex. There is a great reward in just seeing a smile.

  3. Volunteer – Many elderly people are touch deprived. Visiting a senior center and holding someone’s hand benefits the both of you. One of my first jobs was as the director of a senior center. I remember loving how different elderly people’s hands felt—the thinness of the skin and the way the veins felt like the roots of a tree.

  4. Forgive Someone – A common quote is, “Do you want to be right or do you want to be happy?” Ask yourself, is there a grudge you’re holding that you could give up?

Look for little ways to connect. These little connections make a big difference. If you’re confused about a relationship in your life take the Shrink Yourself profile to see how that relationship is affecting your overeating. We need each other. If we could only stop being so strong and admit that, life might get a little softer, a little richer, and a whole lot sweeter.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 7:38:20 AM | 2 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, JANUARY 08, 2010

Are Your Resolutions Being Sabotaged?

We’re one week into 2010. You might be thinking that this is a new year, a new decade, a new beginning. Part of you is trying to be really hopeful, optimistic, and dedicated and another part of you might still be trying to deal with the backlash of the holiday season. If you think you should be happy and all gung ho but are still stuck in an inexplicable funk, read on.
[more]
The holidays are a super charged time of year. It’s no wonder that you might require some recovery time after the presents are put away, the tree thrown out, and the routine of regular life back in effect. Even when the holidays have gone well they still demand extra travel, extra work, extra expenses and extra calories, all of which can be exhausting. If you were hoping to feel refreshed and renewed when the calendar switched to January and you’re not, you might be falling into one of the following categories. Understanding what you’re feeling might prevent you from wanting to numb out with food.

Linus Loses His Blanket
Believe it or not there are actually people who derive great comfort from the holiday season. Perhaps you live far from family and the holidays provide you with a time to be together. You pack up your things, face airport delays, and travel the distance. The gap gets bridged and for a few days you are blanketed in the comfort of the dearest people in your life. If you fall into this category, January can be fraught with the pain of separation and loss. A desire to be closer to the ones you love might get awakened. You might have to face existential questions about what’s really most important in your life. And quite simply you might just be lonely for the ones you love. If you find yourself in this situation, be gentle with yourself. Don’t push yourself too hard. You might even want to take some time to connect with loved ones by phone, Skype or email.

Expectation & Disappointment
No matter how old we get we still harbor the secret hope that our families are going to be what we need or want them to be. We enter into experiences with family hoping that this year is going to be different. This year we will be seen, heard, and understood. This year we will connect. By building up this expectation we set ourselves up to fall a lot further. The disappointment we feel is greater. When this happens January can be a month of mourning. We might feel sad for the things we never got as children, and still don’t get as adults. If you find yourself in this position give your inner child compassion. Be gentle with yourself. Then, look for ways that you can create rituals and traditions in the future. You can’t make up for lost time, but you can use your sadness to get clear about what you want to create in the future.

Out of the Woods
Maybe you spent your holidays in survival mode. Misbehaving children. Drunken arguments. Recent losses whether they were due to death, disease or divorce. Fights. Moods. Demands. Sleepless nights. You may have done the best you could to muscle through and now you’re just plain spent. For some, family gatherings can look more like a war zone than a picnic. Now, that you’re out of the woods you’re simply trying to catch your breath and find your center. If you find yourself in this position, be gentle with yourself (do you detect a theme here?). Get extra sleep. Talk to friends. And remember that you have a choice to do things differently than your relatives.

If you set resolutions for yourself about diet and exercise and already feel yourself slipping, it could be because underneath the surface you are still processing difficult feelings or upsetting events. Shrink Yourself (14-Day Free Trial) can help you process the feelings that make you overeat or binge. Food never helps but it is a readily available, automatic response. If you’re reaching for food, it could be a red flag that you’re unresolved about the holidays. Take a look. Be honest with yourself. And as you’ve heard again and again, be gentle with yourself.





POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 12:02:07 PM | 3 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, DECEMBER 31, 2009

New Year – New Approach

Do diets work for you as long as you follow them but then something always trips you up? Does the onset of a new year make you feel obligated to embark on a big new weight loss regime? Do you hope this year will be different but fear it will be the same as past years? If so, you’re not alone. Before you try a new diet, start with a new approach. Here’s how:
[more]
Any sensible diet will work but only if you can follow it. It’s not that you don’t have the willpower. If you’ve been told that or believed that, it’s simply not true. There has always been a missing piece. The missing piece is that there are strong underlying emotional forces at work…strong feelings and powerful habits you may not even be aware of that sabotage even your best intentions. When you understand what these are, you’ll be able to stick to any eating plan you choose.

So, start this year with a K.I.S.S.-- Keep It Simple Sweethearts.

1. Select a straightforward eating and exercise plan that is realistic for your lifestyle. Picking something too extreme or rigid (no matter how many other people that plan might work for) often kicks up a person’s rebellious side.

2. Use your Shrink Yourself program to get clarity and understanding in the moments when you don’t want to follow through on the plan you’ve committed to. In studies of successful dieters, success was always increased exponentially by having some sort of emotional counseling or support. Since this is not financially possible for all people, Shrink Yourself gives you an affordable, easy and private way to address the inevitable emotional issues that dieting presents.

Some of you might be well aware what the emotional roots of your overeating are. It might be self-doubt. It might be that you use food for reward. It might be that you feel like food is your only source of true comfort for any number of reasons. Maybe that reason is grief, or loneliness or fear or frustration. If you’re still struggling with your weight or feel like food has control over you, chances are you haven’t yet unearthed the underlying emotional reason beneath your overeating.

But the good news is you can. This year can be different. Don’t try to get new results with an old approach. Try a new way. Take ten minutes and complete your Free Dieter’s Profile and uncover your own distinctly personal issues that have blocked your dieting success in the past. Do it now to begin to recover the power to stick to your diet and control your weight in 2010 and for all the years to come.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:12:39 PM | 1 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 23, 2009

Same Same but Different

A friend went to Asia years ago and came back using the expression, “same same but different.” The expression is used to explain things that are familiar yet unique. So much of the holidays are about tradition. There is a comfort to doing things the same way each year. But remember that you can also carve out a new way for yourself and your family if the old way hasn’t been working, particularly when it comes to food, fighting, and even fun. It can be “same same but different.”

Keep reading for a great story that might inspire you this holiday season.
[more]
Last year I posted the following story. To create a tradition, I am going to post it again. I think it beautifully (and briefly) conveys the process that emotional eaters must go through to overcome their struggles and recover their power over food. See if you can find yourself in one of the chapters and know that we each had to pass through these different phases before leaving emotional eating behind.

THERE'S A HOLE IN MY SIDEWALK
Autobiography in Five Short Chapters
By Portia Nelson

Chapter One
I walk down the street.
There is a deep hole in the sidewalk.
I fall in.
I am lost .... I am helpless.
It isn't my fault.
It takes forever to find a way out.

Chapter Two
I walk down the street.
There is a deep hole in the sidewalk.
I pretend that I don't see it.
I fall in again.
I can't believe I am in this same place.
But, it isn't my fault.
It still takes a long time to get out.

Chapter Three
I walk down the same street.
There is a deep hole in the sidewalk.
I see it is there.
I still fall in ... it's a habit ... but, my eyes are open.
I know where I am.
It is my fault.
I get out immediately.

Chapter Four
I walk down the same street.
There is a deep hole in the sidewalk.
I walk around it.

Chapter Five
I walk down another street


This year make your holidays “same same” but also different in any way you need them to be different.
You really can have all the same tradition without having the same struggles.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:00:35 PM | 5 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, DECEMBER 18, 2009

Sweeten Your Season Without Sugar

Sweets and chocolate are many people’s weak spot. The holidays can be the hardest time of year to avoid sugar. And the more of it you eat, the more of it you want to eat. Sugar often triggers binges and bouts of overeating. Not to mention that the stress of the holidays can send you looking for the escape that food provides. If you want to find the sweetness of the season without sugar, keep reading.
[more]
CONNECTION
We all relish in those deliciously sweet moments of human connection where we feel seen and understood. Sometimes those moments almost seem as though they happen by accident and we don’t know that we can actually recreate them. I find that generosity (even when we don’t feel like it) can get things going. Listen more than you talk. Take time to discover something new about a person even if you believe you know them very well already. Go out of your way to be extra gracious, affectionate or verbally expressive. Taking a small step forward can make a huge difference. Remember, don’t do it because there is an end result you’re looking for but rather simply to connect.

SERVICE (Giving and Receiving)
During the holidays there are plenty of ways that we can be of service. Doing something for another person can take the focus off of ourselves and put the focus on something even bigger. Is there a food bank you can volunteer at? Are there elderly neighbors that could use a lift to the store? Can you offer to wrap presents for someone? On the flip side, maybe you need something but are afraid to ask. In Judaism, it’s believed that receiving something you need is as much of a blessing as giving something when you have extra to give (food, time, or money). Maybe you can look for little ways to give people an opportunity to give to you. Yesterday, a friend offered to drive me to the airport (I didn’t even have to ask) and I said, “yes.” A member who is recovering from surgery mentioned how a neighbor brought her the crossword puzzle everyday that she was bedridden. Another woman I know, Jules, really wanted a manicure but couldn’t afford one. By an act of serendipity a friend offered to take her for a manicure. The friend actually enjoyed getting Jules a manicure as much as Jules enjoyed receiving one. Looking for ways to give AND receive can provide opportunities for sweetness. It’s not only a virtue to give, it’s also a virtue to let others give to you.

PLAY
If you find yourself getting too caught up in the work of the holiday, a quick bite of a dessert can feel like the only way to call in the sweetness of the season. If so, take some time to play. Sing. Laugh. Relax. Some people intuitively know how to bring play into their adult life and others know how to play well with children. I, for one, always felt like I didn’t know how to play, especially with children. As a result I didn’t feel like a very fun mother. Now, I am learning be less hard on myself. I can be with my son (and other children) while they play. Just try watching a child play for about fifteen minutes. Something magical will happen. I find that the less I do, the more the child likes it. They lead me and by letting myself be led, I am learning how to play. It is a delightfully sweet feeling.


Sugar is the least fulfilling kind of sweetness in the world. Look for ways to bring new and unexpected forms of sweetness into your life during the holiday season and throughout the New Year to come.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:11:20 AM | 1 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, DECEMBER 11, 2009

3 Ways to Try a New Approach This Holiday Season

The first Hanukkah candle gets lit tonight and the countdown to Christmas begins. Then, there’s the solstice, Kwanza and so many other reasons to party and eat. You might already have had your fair share of seasonal cheer, and food, and it’s only December 11th. If the definition of insanity is doing the same thing over, and over again but expecting different results then, take a more sane (and by more sane, we mean different) approach to the holidays this year.
[more]
Here are some ways that you can observe the old way of doing things and create a new way this year.

The Old Way
You spend your days worrying about getting everything perfect. The perfect meal. The perfect outfit. The perfect gifts. You are grumpy, broody and very busy. The holidays come and go in a whir. They’re over. You’re exhausted.
The New Way
Shrink Yourself shows you how to set realistic expectations of yourself and others. By doing this you can avoid disappointment and savor the moments. The holiday starts to look different than it ever has before. You slow down and you feel rejuvenated when they’re over.



The Old Way
You feel uncomfortable at social gatherings so you escape into food. You eat, and eat until you feel sick to your stomach. You go home grateful that the holidays are over and now, you can finally get back on track.
The New Way
Shrink Yourself teaches you how to be aware of when you’re uncomfortable, and how to check in with yourself and identify your real feelings. When you know what you feel you have choices besides eating. You can speak up. You can ask for what you need. You can walk away. You can comfort yourself.


The Old Way
You keep eating because you just want to taste a particular holiday treat. You can’t get enough of it.
The New Way
Shrink Yourself helps you understand that quality is better than quantity. You now know that when you hear a voice that says, “I just want it,” that it’s a childlike part of yourself that’s operating. It’s a part that simply wants what it wants, when it wants it. It doesn’t want to be limited or deprived. Therefore, you pause. You take a reasonable sized portion. And you savor each bite. You actually discover that eating in this way (without wild abandon) has you enjoy your favorite foods even more.

Don’t dive yourself insane. Don’t wait till New Year’s. Try a new way—The Shrink Yourself way. And the next few weeks could be the best ones you’ve had in years.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:21:53 AM | 3 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, DECEMBER 04, 2009

Holiday Binge Eating

Are you dreading the arrival of the cookie platters to your workplace? Are you resigned to the fact that you’re going to gain weight in the weeks to come so why bother fighting it? Would you be willing to believe that there could be a different way of approaching the holidays than you have in the past? If so, keep reading. This year can be different than the ghosts of holidays past (especially when it comes to your eating habits).
[more]
These days binge eating is the most common eating disorder out there. In America, it affects 25,000,000 people annually but during the holiday season I would venture to say that number increases exponentially. The overly simplified answer to why we binge during the holidays is because there is easy access to so many tempting foods. But the more accurate answer is that the heightened tension synonymous with the month of December puts enough pressure on people that they experience what binge eaters struggle with every day of the year—the lure of using food to feel better.

There are some common reasons that people binge. If you are aware of what they are you can plan ahead, and avoid some binges that have seemed inevitable in the past.

OVERWHELM
A feeling of overwhelm is one of the most common triggers for a binge—that sensation of not knowing where to begin can send a person right into the quick escape and instant gratification of food. The holidays are overwhelming, period. There are guests, and gifts, and school performances to prepare for. Even the most positive parts like setting up a tree, or singing songs, or making latkes can still be overwhelming. And that’s not even mentioning the tension, the worries about money, the family fighting, the cleaning and catching up at work, the unmet expectations that can also accompany all the great things. What’s a person to do? First, be aware that eating doesn’t help with any of these things. What does help is planning ahead, getting organized, asking for help, and as much as possible, being in the moment. If you’re honest, you know the times when you get overwhelmed so take a moment to plan for them. Just a few minutes, and a piece of paper, can help you avoid at least a few of the binges you might have otherwise had in the days to come.

POWER STRUGGLES
Another common reason for binges is power struggles. And yes, the holidays are rich with these. There are struggles over who is doing the wrapping, the buying, the cooking, the driving. There might be fights between spouses about how much to spend on gifts—one is overly generous, the other cautiously frugal. The children are demanding things that your flailing bank account simply can’t support without going into debt. There is a desire to please. There might be harbored resentments from years past. There might be differing opinions about where to go or what to do. And no matter how much you push or pull, someone is going to be upset. Power struggles are another reason that people reach for food. When the desire to pull someone over to your way of thinking doesn’t work, a binge can feel like an instant ticket out of the discomfort. Try a different approach. The game of tug-o-war only works when both people are pulling. Rather than exhaust yourself (or escape into food) by pulling and pulling, you can simply drop your end of the rope. The game will be over. If you’ve fought and fought for the same things year in and year out, try seeing what happens when you simply give up the fight.

PROGRESS
The way that anyone gives up a binge pattern, whether they are ordinarily a binge eater or just a seasonal binge eater, is the same. They don’t expect to give it up cold turkey. So, if you’ve binged in the past during the holidays, it may be unrealistic to expect that this is going to be the year when you don’t binge at all. However, what binge eaters have to realize is that progress looks more like this: having less binges, eating smaller quantities of food, understanding what the binge is helping you avoid or getting back on track more quickly after a binge. Holiday bingers can apply this same idea of progress. If you handle overwhelm and power struggles differently you may reduce your regular holiday binges by at least 50%. That, in and of itself, will be progress and will help you gain half the amount of extra weight you usually do.

If you take a new approach, not only will you eat less, the holidays will be more enjoyable. You will spend more time in the moment, and less time in your head. You’ll probably laugh more than you worry. Sing more than you yell. And when you do choose to indulge, it won’t be a month long feeding frenzy, but a decadent treat that you’re able to calmly savor as just one small part of what you love about this time of year.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 4:00:23 PM | POST A COMMENT


FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 2009

The 12 Types of Holiday Eating & Tips for Tackling Them

It might seem like holiday eating comes from the fact that delicious foods are readily accessible almost everywhere you go but that is a small part of it. Emotional Eating is the main reason people gain weight over the holidays. Emotional Eating really takes hold at this time of year because tensions run high. Understanding the 12 types of holiday eating and how to tackle them will help you regain the pleasure of the holidays (or for some enjoy them for the first time) as well as preventing the extra pounds that can pile up at this time of year.
[more]
1. Food: My Adult Pacifier
If you get really hungry when you feel angry, depressed, anxious, bored or lonely, you use food to dull the pain that these emotions cause.

Tip: Holidays can bring up all of these emotions. Spend some time determining what else besides food can soothe your anger, depression, and anxiety.

2. I Stick Up For Myself by Stuffing Myself Up
If you react by getting hungry when others talk down to you, take advantage of you, belittle you, or take you for granted, you eat to avoid confrontation.

Tip: Holidays are a time to stand up for yourself and not take things personally. Sometimes, standing up for yourself means knowing when to walk away from someone you can’t reach a resolution with.

3. Food: My One Faithful Friend
If you crave food when you have tension in your close relationships, or feel disconnected form people, you eat to avoid feeling the pain of rejection or anger.

Tip: Holidays are a time when you can be surrounded by those you love or those who really push your buttons. Take some time before the holidays to address unresolved conflicts with loved ones.

4. When I'm Chewing I Can't Hear My Inner Critic
If you tend to become hypercritical of yourself - if you label yourself "stupid," "lazy," or "a loser" - you eat to stuff down self-hatred.

Tip: Along with making Holiday Gift-Giving lists, make some lists of how you’ve grown this year and the things you love about yourself.

5. I Don't Have Love but I Have Food
If your hunger gets activated because your intimate relationships don't satisfy some basic need like trust or security, you use food to try to fill the gap.

Tip: Holidays can really bring up a lot of disappointment in your intimate relationships (or sadness if you lack an intimate relationship or quality friendships). Attracting the right lover means loving yourself. How can you give yourself what a lover might give you this holiday season?

6. Food Can't Fill Up the Missing Parts in My Past
If you eat to make up for the deprivation you experienced as a child, you eat to forget the past.

Tip: Holidays can trigger years of hurt feelings and disappointments. How can you create something new this year: your own traditions, your own rituals, something that will set it apart from all the holidays that haven’t worked?

7. Don't Tell Me What to Eat
If you eat to assert your independence because you don't want anyone telling you what to do, you eat to rebel.

Tip: A lot of scrutinizing eyes might be watching what you’re eating during the holidays, just waiting to make a comment. No matter how wrong that is, keep in mind that eating to assert your independence only hurts yourself.

8. I'm Too Busy Eating to Take a Risk
If your appetite kicks in when you're faced with new challenges - if you use food to avoid rising to the test - you eat to protect yourself from the fear of failure.

Tip: With all the hustle and bustle of the holiday season it’s easy to forget taking care of yourself. Don’t grab food on the run. Plan your tasks and take your time with them so you don’t forget yourself in the busyness of it all. Letting yourself get too hungry leads to poor food choices and binges.

9. Fall in Love? I'd Rather Fall in Chocolate!
If you stuff your face in order to avoid your sexuality - either to stay overweight so that nobody desires you or to hide from intimate encounters - you eat to protect yourself from getting too close.

Tip: During the holiday parties this year move away from the dessert table and take a risk by speaking to someone.

10. I Use My Body as a Battleground
Emotional eaters often eat to pay back those who have hurt them (often in the distant past). They use their bodies as battlegrounds for working out old resentments. If you do this, you eat to get revenge or control anger.

Tip: The Holidays are a time when this emotional eating habit can really get stirred up. Eating whatever you want in front of those that hurt you in the past can feel like the perfect punishment. Remember, it only prolongs YOUR suffering.

11. Nyah! Nyah! I Won't Grow Up!
If you eat to make yourself feel carefree like a child, you eat to keep yourself from facing the challenges of growing up.

Tip: The Holidays can bring out the child in all of us yet they are better enjoyed with the firm footing of an adult who can make empowered choices (about food, communication, who they see, how much time they spend at relatives, etc.).

12. I'm Secretly Afraid of Being Thin
If you overeat because you fear people’s jealousy or reactions to your weight loss - either consciously or unconsciously - you eat to avoid the fear of change.

Tip: If you’ve lost weight you might feel judged by family members who were more comfortable with you having a bigger body. Use the holidays to remember that being fit is a gift you give yourself.

Emotional hunger is real. It's part of life for everyone and it really gets revealed during the Holiday season. Click here for helpwith holiday emotional eating. If you address the things that make you emotionally hungry (and during the holidays there can be a lot of those things), you'll have a chance of having real satisfaction in your life. But if you eat each time you're emotionally hungry, you'll miss the opportunity of satisfaction, and your emotional hunger will continue to grow along with your waistline

POSTED BY !DR. GOULD! | 3:06:07 PM | 4 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 2009

3 Ways to Alleviate Loneliness & The Hunger It Creates

Are you longing to love or be loved? Do you wish there was someone who could see, accept, and understand you for who you really are? Do all of the expectations of the holiday season leave you feeling more lonely than usual? If so, you’re not alone. Many Shrink Yourself members have been talking about their feelings of loneliness and how those feelings can become hunger, especially during the holidays. Here are some suggestions to quell loneliness now and throughout the year.
[more]
A. EMOTIONAL EATING & ISOLATION.
Emotional eating often goes hand in hand with isolation. Think of the child, misunderstood by his/her family, who begins to sneak food for comfort. The child longs for recognition but settles for sweets. Once this coping mechanism has been installed they may depend on their familiar “friend” for decades. The shame about eating tends to encourage them to isolate themselves whenever they want to spend time with food. Eating in this way also takes them back to a place where they had no control over their circumstances. Each time they eat, their early feelings of powerlessness are reinforced. Take away the pacifier that food provides, and this person would have to face their true feelings. No matter how frightening, only then could they admit to themselves, and others, what they really feel, who they really are, and what they really need. As long as they rely on food they will be less likely to reach out in a way that would have them heal and meet people who could provide a reparative experience for what they didn’t receive as children.

B. LONELINESS IS NORMAL
Loneliness is a part of the human condition. We can share ourselves, we can make ourselves vulnerable but there are ways in which we will always be separate and that can be hard to bear (in some moments more than others—like New Year’s Eve for example-Yikes!). However, part of the problem is feeling like we shouldn’t feel lonely. This unrealistic expectation of ourselves (and others) makes us fear loneliness so much that we’re unwilling to look it right in the eye. When we see how normal it really is then we don’t have to feel ashamed or ungrateful for the moments when we feel lonely at a crowded party or lonely despite having healthy children or lonely inside of a happy marriage or relationship. Quite simply loneliness is part of being a human. That being said, the words of Orson Welles remind us that, “We're born alone, we live alone, we die alone. Only through our love and friendship can we create the illusion for the moment that we're not alone.” This leads me to the next point.


C. THE CURES FOR LONELINESS
I have said it before but it bears repeating, food is not a friend. It can’t replace the friendship, companionship, or romance of a real person. Even animals long to be with other animals. Dolphins travel in pods, dogs in packs and horses in herds. Humans were not meant to live alone. And these days, despite technological advances that make us accessible to anyone in the world at any time of day, we have become more and more isolated. No wonder, so many are relying on food more and more. So, how do we break this cycle?

1. Make Quality Friendships.
I know more than anyone how hard it is to make friends. I was one of those kids that didn’t have real friends till eighth grade. This was a painful part of my growing up. Making friends didn’t come naturally but as a result I’ve had to carefully consider who is a real friend and how to forge a friendship that can last in a fulfilling way. Someone once told me that we should go towards things that are warm and comforting. If you attempt to befriend someone where you have to do all the work, where you’re always left feeling put down or undermined, this probably isn’t the beginning of a good quality friendship. Attempts to forge relationships with unavailable people can leave you lonelier than being alone. Some things to keep in mind are to look for friends in places where you’re likely to have similar values (for example, a spiritual community, a volunteer program, a book club, a university class, etc.). Second, pursue relationships that are reciprocal. If it’s not reciprocal, put your energy somewhere else. All relationships have times of more give and times of more take. But if it’s more or less balanced you won’t find yourself calculating precisely who did what. Third, recognize that friendships take time. Be wary of people that come on too strong or claim to be your best friend without having earned the title.

2. The Two Sides of Technology
There are many downsides to technology. We text instead of talk. We buy things online instead of speaking to a salesperson. We have automated answers instead of customer service. So many of the every day ways that we had human contact are being eliminated. Be aware of the ways in which technology can be keeping you from reaching out and making real contact. But also look at the flip side. Technology makes the world smaller and can put you in touch with people anywhere, at any time. Use technology wisely to bridge the gap. Use it to find online support groups and phone bridges. Uses it to find like-minded people and activities going on in your community. For example, the Shrink Yourself message boards provide one of the most supportive, insightful, and caring communities I've ever seen, either online or in the world. You can become a member of The Shrink Yourself community here. In other words, try to find the ways that you can use technology to bring you out of isolation instead of using it to build a bigger, stronger wall around you.

3. Connect to Something Bigger
Thoreau dealt with his existential loneliness through his connection with nature. Carl Sagan through his connection to the cosmos. Joseph Campbell through myth. The mystics through spirit. Whether it’s a sunset, a starry night, a fall tree, a meteor shower, or an act of serendipity there are ways that we can’t deny we are connected to each other and to the world. No matter what your belief system the things that remind you of your connection, as opposed to your separation, can soothe that inevitable loneliness that we all feel.

When you don’t eat, the loneliness might get stronger at first. Face it. Ask it what it’s trying to tell you. Then, use it to reach out, to make new and more fulfilling connections, and to get fed spiritually. The more you face your loneliness, the less hungry it will make you at the holidays or anytime of the year.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:32:48 PM | 15 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 13, 2009

Using a Plateau to Propel You Forward: What to Do When You Stop Losing Weight?

Have you ever been in that place where you’re doing everything right but the scale seems stuck? Or worse, you’re doing everything right and you gain a pound or two? These plateaus can often lead to feelings of defeat. These feelings of defeat can have you throw in the towel but they don’t have to. Here’s a plan for using your plateaus to propel you forward from now on.
[more]
You might think of a plateau in weight loss as a setback or even a failure but plateaus are normal. And they can actually be a form of progress especially during the holiday season. If you don’t lose weight but don’t gain weight either in the next six weeks you’ll still be far better off come January 1st.

One member of Shrink Yourself had an important breakthrough this past week that I’d like to share with you. The notes in parentheses are mine.

“I have done Shrink Yourself in conjunction with Weight Watchers since the early part of this year (Shrink Yourself is a great complement to any eating plan you choose and some members continue on past the 12-week Shrink Yourself program because of the support the program provides particularly if they still have weight to lose). I have done pretty well, steadily losing, till the end of September, when I hit my 10% weight loss initial goal. Since then I have been floundering. I have gained a little (2 pounds), but have felt just terrible. Defeated. Unable to do it. All my fantasies about how much weight I would lose between Sept and Jan 1 were weighing heavily on me. I was slipping in to old bingeing habits. (Please note that it’s often this kind of pressure to meet a deadline that can make us anxious which leads to needing the comfort of food to deal with our uncomfortable feelings)

So last week, I was reading about plateaus on the Weight Watchers site. I decided to embrace where I really am. I set a goal to get back to my 10% point, in other words, lose the two pounds I had gained, and then maintain that until Jan 1. This was completely liberating. I have a solid, achievable, good plan that will leave me in a great place by the beginning of the New Year. I feel confidant that at that time I will be refreshed, and ready to lose 10% of my body weight again. My cravings and binges ended immediately. It really was remarkable.

In the past, I have lost significant weight over and over, but then get to a plateau, get discouraged, and start regaining. It really feels like taking a breather from weight loss, and giving my self a break from unrealistic goals puts me in a success mode instead of the failure mode I was in for the past several weeks. And it is thanks to Shrink Yourself, and the wisdom, knowledge, and support I find here every day that has put me in the place to do this.”

When you find yourself at a plateau like that Shrink Yourself member just described, don’t give up, just find a way to relax. When you hike in the mountains there are times when you’re climbing, and then there are times when things level off. It’s important to use those plateau periods to regain momentum, to rest, to enjoy the view, and to acknowledge how far you’ve already come.

Our black and white thinking is what has us throw in the towel and give up. Especially during the holiday season it’s easy to resign ourselves to the fact that we’re probably going to gain some weight so why bother at all. But the simple truth is that even if you don’t lose weight in these next few weeks, maintaining your current weight can still be better than gaining. Why not try a 14-Day Free Trial and use the next two weeks before Thanksgiving to arm yourself with an awareness that will have you get through the holidays with more emotional strength and less extra pounds?

Many people might think this is the worst time of year to think about your weight but it can be the best time by learning new ways of interacting with others, understanding why we overeat, and holding out for long-term fulfillment instead of succumbing to immediate gratification. You might not necessarily be ready to embark on a weight loss regimen at this time of year, but with a just a few extra skills in your belt, you might be able to maintain your weight instead of gaining. And that won’t be perfection but it will be progress.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:58:46 PM | 6 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 06, 2009

My Virtual Shrink: A New Program by Dr. Roger Gould

Life can be hard and feelings can be hard to handle. As an emotional eater you already understand the way that unresolved issues have the ability to affect your life in a profound way— for you, that means your weight. Emotions turn into overeating. Overeating turns into extra weight. And extra weight turns into more negative feelings and health issues. The whole thing is a vicious cycle.

Thirty years ago, Dr. Gould set out to create an effective and affordable alternative to psychotherapy. With the Shrink Yourself program he has been able to offer thousands and thousands of people the kind of help with their weight that they formerly were only able to get through live psychotherapy.

Now, he has designed a new program. It is called My Virtual Shrink. It is a guided, step-by-step program that helps you do for yourself what a psychiatrist or psychologist would do, namely help you solve problems and learn about yourself. This unique method has been shown to provide benefits comparable to traditional psychotherapy.

It’s a great program to recommend to friends and family who don’t struggle with their weight but want to improve other areas of their lives. And if you do struggle with your weight, it’s a complement to the Shrink Yourself program. After all, the more effective you are at understanding your feelings and overcoming your problems, the less likely you are to binge or overeat.

My Virtual Shrink sessions can help with many areas of your life. For example:
[more]
• Difficulty handling strong emotions.
• Reducing depression or anxiety.
• Feeling blocked about your future.
• Disagreements with someone.
• When someone is pressuring you.
• When someone's behavior is bothering you.
• Being more optimistic or less negative.
• Coping with feelings of stress from financial problems.
• Becoming more comfortable with yourself.
• Concern for someone's well-being.
• Feelings of stress of being single.
• Tension in your intimate relationship.
• Stress from an illness or a disability.
• Dealing with your child's behavior problems.
• Concerns about job security.
• Tension with a boss or co-worker.
• Stress from struggling to make ends meet.


My Virtual Shrink is not psychotherapy. You will not be entering into a doctor/patient relationship. But it is an alternative way of learning what you would otherwise learn in therapy, the kind of things about yourself and your mind that you don't learn in school. Dr. Gould has translated the critical components of psychotherapy into a step by step, guided process, which are actually "sessions," that will help you do for yourself, in the comfort of your own home and on your own timetable, the same kind of thinking and learning that you would do if you came to my office for treatment.

This is something unique, never before seen on the internet. The only way you will be able to decide if this is right for you is to start building your Smart Plan. That will be a snapshot of the problems you need to address and the changes you need to make. It will introduce you to the program, and it will give you some additional material to read. That is the free introduction to the program. If you don't want to go any further, you can simply push the delete button and your information will be erased, which includes your email address. If you do that, you will not hear from us again. Click here to start building your Smart Plan for free, and begin to see how you can start taking the necessary actions to get unstuck and move your life forward.




POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:17:29 PM | 5 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, OCTOBER 30, 2009

Be Proactive About Holiday Binging (Start Now)

This is an interesting time of year. The school season is up and running. The holidays are looming nearer. The days are getting shorter. And even here in sunny California, the nights are getting colder. All of this CAN add up to excuses to stay inside and eat comfort food, but it doesn’t have to. Halloween can kick off a two-month sugar binge that starts tomorrow and doesn’t let up until your New Year’s resolution. This year CAN be different if you’re proactive. Here's how:
[more]
As the holidays approach we can't help having a combination of hope that this year will be different combined with certain defeat that we’re bound to gain some weight in the two months to come. We can’t imagine that things could possibly be different but they CAN.

1. ACTIONS MAKE ALL THE DIFFERENCE

We tend to believe that we must change our thinking in order to change our behavior. But real change actually happens in reverse. The more you change your behaviors, the more your thinking changes. After a consistent period of time where you act like a person who is fit and healthy, you come to believe you ARE fit and healthy. In the Shrink Yourself program, tools like The Hunger Coach, help you set off a binge before it happens. Sometimes, just resisting one binge is all it takes to begin to prove to your mind that you don’t need to give into every craving for food. Then, the next binge, or bout of overeating, is even easier to stop in its tracks. How can you do things differently this year? Halloween is a critical time to be proactive. If you take a new approach this Halloween, you’re less likely to give into that, “why bother, there’s no way I’m going to get ahead at this time of year” feeling. Taking empowered actions on the thirty-first will fortify you to keep facing the holiday season in an innovative way. Give away the candy. Don’t buy your favorite candy for trick-or-treaters (you’ll only end of eating it yourself). Decide how many pieces you’re going to have before trick-or-treating and then stick to it (For example, I allow myself a mini almond-joy and a peppermint patty—my son is excited to find them for me and I savor them while we're walking-my Halloween indulgence is less than 100 calories and doesn't disrupt my weight management).

2. EXERCISE

This can seem like the most unrealistic time of year to start exercising but exercising will actually positively affect everything you do (and some of the things you feel, too). Most of you know that I walk as many mornings as I can with one of my close friends. It clears my mind because we chat about current events, our kids, and our conflicts. It sets me up work better for the day. And it helps me feel like I’m making an effort to take care of my body. Most of you also know that I hate to exercise but I do know that something as simple as this thirty-minute walk a few times a week significantly alters things. For one, it is one of those actions that I talked about in the paragraph above that helps to shift my idea of who I am. Two, this little bit of movement and fresh air sets me up to handle stress better (and let’s face it, the holidays can be stressful). And lastly, when I'm taking steps (literally and figuratively) to take care of myself, it makes me want to keep on taking more steps. Don’t wait till you feel like exercising, just commit to doing something small. The holiday season might just seem like a breeze when you’re armed with a few endorphins.

3. GRAY IS THE NEW BLACK AND WHITE

You can’t afford black and white thinking this holiday season. Somewhere in between a strict diet and giving into every holiday treat there is a happy medium. Look for ways to find middle grounds. Instead of being like a kid on Halloween eating everything that finds its way into your goodie bag, be discerning. What are your favorite candies? Which were the ones you looked forward to most when you were a kid? Eat a couple of pieces, and really enjoy them. You don’t have to abstain from everything, but you also don’t have to eat everything in sight either. If there’s one holiday party that you particularly look forward to. Indulge yourself at that one, but don’t do it at every party you go to. When invited to friends decide if you’re going to indulge in bread, wine or dessert (instead of all three). There are simple ways to cut back, here and there, without missing out entirely. These little alterations can make a big difference in how much you gain this holiday season, and how you feel about yourself.

The key is really being the one in charge. If you’re aware, thoughtful, and proactive you get to be the one that decides when you’re going to indulge and when you’re going to refrain. You get to be the one who chooses food instead of food choosing you. You get to be the one in control. Halloween no longer needs to be the entry point to a rabbit hole, that like Alice, you can’t help falling through for the next two months

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:57:49 AM | 7 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, OCTOBER 22, 2009

4 Ways Fat Feels Safe

Who doesn’t want to escape the world sometimes? Fat can feel like the perfect hiding place. It can offer a boundary between you and the people you live with, work with or commute with. It can keep out unwanted attention. It can keep you on the sidelines of life. Do you eat to keep yourself safe? Don’t be so sure until you keep reading.
[more]
The most common form of emotional eating is using food to cope with uncomfortable feelings. However, there are so many more complex (and sometimes even confusing) reasons that we have for being afraid to lose extra weight. Many of these reasons fall under the umbrella of eating to feel safe. These are covered in the later part of the Shrink Yourself program because they are almost like the graduate program of your emotional eating education.

Here are some of the common reasons that fat can feel safe:

KEEPS UNWANTED ATTENTION AWAY
Maybe you’re shy. You may want attention but when you get it you’re not so sure what to do with it. Being looked at or noticed can take some getting used to. Putting on extra weight might have felt like a quick fix to get people to stop looking at you. This could have been a rash decision you made a long time ago. If so, exercise the muscle of letting people look at you.

PROVIDES A FALSE SENSE OF PROTECTION FROM PREDATORS
Maybe you were hurt by someone that you trusted or even by a stranger. You may never want to be hurt in that same way again. Making ourselves less attractive can feel like a way to protection against predators. However, this is a false sense of safety. It doesn’t take the place of avoiding unsafe situations, healing an old wound or creating boundaries.

KEEPS YOU FAITHFUL
In the Sex and the City movie, Samantha puts on extra weight because she is afraid she’ll cheat on her partner. Fat might feel like it protects you from your own adulterous urges by making you less attractive to prospective mates. It can take the place of admitting you’re unhappy in your current relationship or from knowing how to honor your commitments but it’s not a real solution to a real problem.

KEEPS YOU ON THE SIDELINES OF LIFE
When you’re overweight there are certain games you might feel less eligible to play. If you’re afraid to take risks in your career, in your friendships or in your romantic life, you might be keeping on extra weight to have a good excuse for not making yourself vulnerable.

Fat only provides a false sense of safety and security. Only you can make yourself feel truly safe by the boundaries you set, by the situations you get involved in, and by the people you surround yourself with. In Week Nine of the Shrink Yourself Program we show you how you might be using your weight to feel safe and how to create a real sense of safety in your life so you no longer need the extra pounds for protection.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:38:03 PM | 12 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, OCTOBER 15, 2009

7 Things to Learn from Successful Calorie Cutters

For years now, studies have been done on the benefits of calorie-restricted diets. Animal research has shown that eating less means longer, healthier lives. Now they’re trying to figure out if the same thing applies to humans. An article in the Sunday, October 11 New York Times Magazine by Jon Gertner made some good points about calorie restriction. Yes, Americans are getting fatter and fatter (“obesity rates increased in 23 states last year and declined in none”). Yes, less calories seem to promise less disease (“A recent spate of papers in some of the world’s leading medical journals demonstrate that in small studies, human subjects following such diets experience astounding drops in cardiovascular risk factors; a forthcoming review on cancer risks in animals with such diets, moreover, suggests a stark correlation — fewer calories mean fewer tumors.”). And yes, despite the probably vast benefits of a calorie-restricted diet it will be extremely difficult for many of us to adhere to (“Another problem humans present is their susceptibility to temptation. Primates and mice are kept in cages and eat what they are fed; none have ever had to choose to forswear a spring roll or a cupcake.”).

If you’re an emotional eater, can you ever expect to benefit from the promises of an eating plan such as this one? Maybe. But it will take some internal work first. What I found so interesting about the article is what we can learn from the kinds of people they believed could be successful in a study such as this one. For obvious reasons, you can only study the results if you choose people who are capable (mostly in their mind) of sticking a strict eating plan for two years time. So, how can we begin to cut back and restrict our calories based on the types of candidates they chose?
[more]
Here are some of the things they all had in common:

1.Motivated and Highly Organized

I have said this before but it stands repeating that cultivating organizational skills actually helps with eating well. You don’t have to naturally be an organized person. By working on acquiring those traits, you will get better at adhering to a sensible eating plan. To do this create systems in your home, manage your time and manage your money. How can you get more organized?

2.Strong Moral Support
If you want to eat well, you need support. Period. End of discussion. Who is on your team?

3.A Stable Job (with some flexibility)
Even if your job is not as stable as you’d like it to be, you can still look for ways to incorporate a more regular schedule that is not overly rigid. In other words, you need a balance between structure and flexibility. How can you create more of this in your life?

4.Accountability & Counseling
It is important to have someone to answer to and to have someone to hoist you up when you falter. Having a buddy to check in with can really help you succeed. You can exchange emails with someone at the beginning of the day to set intentions and at the end of the day to acknowledge successes. Even if you can’t afford counseling, the article said that you could get the same benefits from an online program that would offer tools and group meetings. Anything that keeps you aware will help. Who are you accountable to?

5.Bank Your Calories
Look at the big picture instead of just the immediate moment. People in the study banked their calories. For example, if they knew they would be eating more at a social event or baseball game on the weekend, they’d eat less calories for a few days leading up to that event. This is a simple practice that we can all adopt. How can you plan ahead?

6.Discernment
People in the study found that when they had to restrict their calories they actually enjoyed food more because they had to carefully choose where their calories were going. While overeaters seem like they love food more than most people, many of them report that they don’t even enjoy the majority of what they eat. Sometimes, having free reign on food reduces the amount of pleasure we get from eating it. Eating less actually makes food taste better. How can you savor your food more?

7.Paradigm Shift
While it was believed that many people were attracted to a calorie-restricted diet out of a fear of death, they found that the opposite was true. People were willing to commit to this kind of eating plan because of their love of life. Many reported wanting to live longer to be able to see their children grow up and that being healthy was a necessary component in this equation. How can you shift your paradigm so that cutting back on food doesn’t give you a feeling of deprivation but rather a feeling of privilege?

Whether or not, we can actually stick to a calorie-restricted diet is not nearly as important as learning how to use these people’s experiences to help us restrict our own caloric intake, if only by a little. In a world, where we have gotten so accustomed to consuming too much time, too much money and too much food, it might be interesting to see what living looks like when we learn to get by on less.

To read the article in The New York Times: http://www.nytimes.com/2009/10/11/magazine/11Calories-t.html?pagewanted=print

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 4:53:28 PM | 12 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, OCTOBER 08, 2009

H.A.L.T. Before Your Next Bite of Food

Do you unconsciously reach for food when you’re hungry, angry, lonely or tired? These are the moments when you’re most likely to make less than optimal choices about eating. In 12-Step Programs the acronym H.A.L.T. is used to help people remember that when you’re hungry, angry, lonely or tired you’re more vulnerable to your drug of choice. You can use this acronym to help you remember to pause before you take your next bite of food. Here’s how:
[more]
Are you Hungry?

Some of us wait too long to eat which puts us in survival mode grabbing whatever food is in front of us. These are the moments when we fill up on things that are quick, easy, and often not very nutritious. One way to prevent this from happening is to manage our hunger better. This might mean keeping snacks with us or taking time to make sure that we nourish ourselves with good quality food throughout the day. However, if you’ve let the day get past you and suddenly find yourself famished, HALT, before you take a bite. Just a short pause can help you reconsider what you’re about to eat. A healthy food choice will help you get grounded and prevent the onset of a binge.

Are you Angry?

Many of us deal with anger by grabbing something to eat. I have heard people use food to prevent themselves from doing or saying something awful. One woman said, “I eat so I can stuff the angry words back in.” If you tend to eat when you’re angry, develop an alternative solution for dealing with anger. Is there a friend you can call? Can you punch a pillow or go for a run? Can you write out your rage on a piece of paper? Before you devour something, HALT, ask yourself if you’re really angry instead of hungry. Anger deserves to be discharged in a healthy way, stuffing it in for too long can make you implode.

Are you Lonely?

In lonely moments, particularly lonely nights, many people enlist food as their faithful friend, loyal confidante, companion or lover. But is food really a friend? Do friends make you fat, sick or disgusted with yourself? Loneliness is a real problem that deserves a real solution. Before you whip up that midnight snack, HALT, ask yourself if you wish you had company instead of something to eat. If you’re lonely, put the food down and call someone, visit a message board on the internet for support or simply find a way to be a good source of company to yourself. Sometimes, we are lonely because we haven’t learned how to make the most of the moments when we’re alone. Filling up never helps loneliness, but reaching out does.

Are you Tired?

Food can often be the way we compensate for not getting enough rest. We eat to push through our tiredness to meet a deadline. New parents eat to get through the day when they’re exhausted from interrupted sleep the night before. We eat to entertain ourselves through the afternoon lull at work. You’d be surprised how many of us, well into adulthood, don’t know how to make sure we get enough rest. Before you head out to Starbucks for that afternoon treat or fix yourself a snack to eat on the couch while watching TV late at night, HALT, ask yourself if you’re tired. If the answer is yes, and it’s during the day, a cup of mint tea or a few minutes of deep breathing can perk you up quicker than an espresso and a Danish. If it’s at nighttime, you might want to consider tucking yourself in early. Food is never a substitute for sleep.

H.A.L.T. is a quick and easy-to-remember acronym. Use it anytime you’re about to eat something that isn’t going to propel your weight loss efforts forward and more than that is not going to help you get your real need addressed. Are you hungry, angry, lonely or tired? If you are, there are real answers to those problems that food just can’t fix.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:24:27 PM | 7 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, OCTOBER 02, 2009

Do You Get Hungry After Dark? More Information for Night Eaters.

Last week, we sent out a tip about night eating. It was just a short suggestion about how brushing your teeth after dinner can prevent you from overeating or snacking at night. We got a huge response from people that definitely resonated with the issue of night eating. Certainly, for longtime emotional eaters, and bingers brushing your teeth is like putting a band-aid on a bullet wound. However, it does work for some, particularly people that have an extensive oral hygiene practice that they do at night. But it's not enough.

Night-eating is a pervasive, and difficult component of emotional eating. For some people it starts as far back as infancy. A quick tip is therefore not going to cure it. However, an awareness that there is more to night-eating than simply the urge to eat tasty treats is a start. The Shrink Yourself book is 288 pages, and the Shrink Yourself online program is 12 weeks long. In other words, it takes time to find the psychological root of why you get hungry when the sun goes down.

One member, who responded to an Expert Advice letter I wrote her shared that after getting my help she realized what her night eating was about. Here is a quote she allowed me to reprint in the hopes that it will help you begin to see the root of your night eating.

"This is a response to the good words of Ms. Fiordaliso regarding my problem with night eating:

Ms. Fiordaliso, as soon as I read the words unmet need for affection or closeness from a spouse I knew right away that might be the catalyst for my night eating. You see, my husband of 32 years has worked nights for the last 20 years, and I am always alone. He leaves at 4:30 PM and doesn’t return home until 4:30 AM. I have been battling boredom and loneliness for so long! But guess what? He just retired in December 2008, and he is a wonderful companion to me now! I guess I will have to undo the night eating habit that has accumulated these past 20 years. Thank you so much for bringing that factor to my attention! I never would have thought of it. This is one of the reasons I find Shrink Yourself to be such a wonderful program. It opens so many doors for people. Thank You!"


To explore your night eating, I recommend the following things:
[more]
1. If the night brings up a lot of feelings for you look into what the night represents for you personally. For most night eaters they have some anxiety about the evenings. It might be loneliness. It might be the time you miss your spouse or wish you had a spouse. It might be fear of being home alone. It might be dread for the day ahead. You will have to take an inventory of the feelings that the night brings up for you. Next to the list write responses of things that could address those feelings directly. And remember to be gentle and loving with yourself when you do this.

2. If the night makes you crave certain things, don’t keep those foods in the house. Some might be willing to get up and drive to fulfill a craving but putting some space between you and the sweets (or salt or ice-cream) can make a difference. At least, it gives you some time to make another choice.

3. If you associate your nighttime activities with snacking you might have to change your associations. Many people come to link things like watching TV with eating. Find something else to do when you watch TV so you develop a new association (fold laundry, do needlepoint or knitting, drink tea.).

4. If you have anxiety, particularly about falling asleep, you might rely on a food coma to jump-start your drowsiness. Your mind has found a solution that works. You have to show your mind that there is another option. Create a bedtime ritual for yourself to induce sleepiness. A bath is a great option. 5-10 minutes in a bath can raise your temperature slightly and induce sleepiness. A cup of soothing tea, a lavender cream foot rub, a meditation CD. It might be a few things. Play with this until you find what works for you. And avoid drinking caffeine even in the morning.

5. If you are plagued by boredom or loneliness you’ll have to find ways to make your evenings fulfilling. Try finding some evening activities that you look forward to: a book, a rented movie, a craft or hobby or a visit with a friend.

6. If you have a pattern of waking up and eating throughout the night you’ll have to wean yourself off of food the way a mother weans an infant off the breast or bottle. Infants reach a time when they no longer need food in the night but they still want it. My son, at one point, was waking up every two hours wanting to be nursed. I had to wean him off of night nursing. This took time, and a lot of frustration for both of us. Even if you’re an adult, you’ll have to prove to yourself that you no longer need food in the night. Be a loving mother to yourself, and keep in mind that over time you’ll stop waking up for food and you’ll probably feel better rested.

7. If you’re wound up at night you can do some yoga, deep breathing, meditation or buy yourself a bottle of Rescue Remedy Night Formula (you can find it at a health food store or Whole Foods).

Night eating is difficult, but not impossible, to overcome. I hope something here helps to shed some light on this dark issue.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 3:04:42 PM | 11 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 25, 2009

Are You A Procrastinator? A Parent? Try A New Approach

Do you procrastinate or get annoyed by someone else’s procrastination? Does your work or your child's homework frustrate you? Does it create anxiety and aggravation?
All this stress can lead to overeating but it doesn’t have to. A better handle on these frustrating issues could mean less eating.


Here are some tips to use for yourself or for helping your children:
[more]
IT’S THEIR WORK, NOT YOURS

Abraham Lincoln said, “The worst thing you can do for those you love is the things they could and should do themselves.” With the best of intentions to be helpful, we often do too much for our kids. The stress of an assignment shouldn’t feel like more of your responsibility than your child’s. If you’re stressed it means you’re working too hard. Find ways to empower your child to work independently. For me personally, I know I’ve lost when I allow myself to get into a power struggle with my son over homework. It’s never going to go to a good place from there. Instead of telling an answer is wrong, ask them to take a closer look. Instead of giving them an answer, ask an open-ended question that helps them look at things from a different angle.


LEARN TIME MANAGEMENT

As a child, I was a procrastinator. Even in High School, the way I got through late night deadlines was by eating bowls of M & M’s. And by college I was doing thirty page papers the night before they were due. This made for a lot of upsetting all nighters. The reality is that children don’t know how to manage their time. It’s not something that’s taught and often we end up as adults still not knowing how to manage our time well. If you have a child with a project, help them determine how much they’ll need to work each day (or each weekend) for it to get done without cramming. If you’re the person with time management issues, ask for help. Ask a friend who seems to always arrive on time with style and grace how they do it. Time management doesn’t come naturally but it’s a skill worth learning because it reduces your stress level exponentially.

TRY A DIFFERENT APPROACH

If your same tactics for helping with homework (or for getting your own projects done) have always produced the same results, try something new. For example yesterday I had an epiphany. They tested my son at school and the test showed that he relates to the world from a musical, body-centered place. I, on the other hand, relate to the world from a verbal and mathematical place. For him, these areas were so small they were barely on the chart. Finally, it hit me. I have been trying to reason with him in the way that things make sense to me (with words and logic) and it hasn’t worked. Today, I can use the information I got to try a new approach. How can you try things in a different way in order to yield a different result?

Homework (and papers and taxes and projects) are a necessary part of life but we don’t have to let them work us up so much that the only option is to overeat. By developing new skills we can move through things with greater ease and far less stress. And we can model that for our children, too.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 12:03:53 PM | 7 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 18, 2009

A Shrink Yourself Success Story

Are you wondering if Shrink Yourself can help you? When it comes to weight loss, we can be so afraid of trying a new approach because we don't want another failure under our belts. See how one Shrink Yourself member used the program to get past her weight loss plateau.
[more]
I caught my first glimpse of myself as an Emotional Eater when I was in another weight loss program. I was good at that program. I lost 45 pounds at a steady rate, with 25 pounds to go. Most of those 25 pounds were my “divorce weight.” That was the weight I had gained in a single year - the year of my divorce.
The 25 pounds were stubborn, unwilling to leave. My program counselor said that the weight could be tied to the pain of my divorce. I coined the phrase “crossing the divorce divide” and kept trying.

Let’s fast-forward to December 2008, three years later. I was still trying. Incredibly, I was stuck at the doorway of those 25 pounds, and in desperation I signed up for Shrink Yourself. “Crossing the divorce divide?” Let’s try “lost in the divorce forest.” When I introduced myself in SY, I cringed at the defeat I exposed: “I’ve been on a weight loss plateau for 3 years now.”

My expectation on joining was that I would learn skills, recognize patterns, get some self-discovery and then voila! weight-loss success. Instead, I was swamped with unpleasant and unpalatable observations (some new, some already-known). Here are a few: I was feeling-phobic; I was extremely critical of myself, ignoring or minimizing my life successes; I had a constant background anxiety that ranged from moderate to severe; my earlier weight-loss success had left me with an obsession about eating, an obsession that occupied enormous amounts of my time; I felt food was my only friend; I felt food was the only way to feel safe.
Those insights changed my sense of my inner landscape. After several weeks at SY I started to wonder why I thought weight was my issue! I should be concerned about the quality of my life!

One SY idea particularly resonated with me: reclaiming power. I saw repeatedly that underneath my Emotional Eating Episodes (EEE) were a pervasive sense of being victim, of feeling powerless. Conversely, “claiming the power” seemed to reliably dissipate an Emotional Eating Episode - at first through using the Hunger Coach, but then more spontaneously on my own.

Also, thanks to Janice Taylor, a.k.a. Our Lady of Weight Loss, I had already developed a new mantra for facing difficult food situations: “the woman I am becoming “… would never eat those chemicals masquerading as food, … is very careful about what she puts in her mouth, … doesn’t see any of the treats at the Starbucks checkout as food.
I had worked with Janice individually before SY. She showed me how much easier it is to say YES in the face of a vision of something new, rather than to say NO to an ingrained habit. SY capitalizes on this kind of switch, too, finding positive replacements for unhelpful patterns.

Working on EEEs led to another discovery: anxiety was a presenting emotion rather than my only emotion. I found more subtle currents of anger, fear, sadness, and grief “under” the anxiety. Aha! Anxiety is a socially acceptable response for me, into which I could divert a lot of feeling. Through SY’s precision: “overwhelmed’ versus “pressured” versus “frustrated” versus “disappointed” - I started dialing down the anxiety knob, and addressing underlying emotions instead of facing unfocused anxiety.
This leads me to the most precious insight gained from SY. It came from a post another member put on the forum. To paraphrase, the member spoke about how, for some, the practice of cutting was a form of expressing pain in a tangible way. Could it also be that being overweight was a form of expressing the otherwise “inexpressible” parts of myself? This rang so true for me! Eureka! I stopped casting my difficulty in terms of “what went wrong at my divorce” and instead I began to ask “what am I trying to express?”
The SY forum offers invaluable help. In reply to posts about my difficulty in expression, another member offered art as a vehicle, specifically Soul cards (Soul Collage, by Seena Frost). Creating a set of my own cards, searching for images and symbols that uniquely define “me,” became my passion.

This search for expression has had profound results. I allowed myself experimentation with “step-out” clothes, with a longer hair style, with what I dared to risk/say in my relationships, etc. It has helped my creativity enormously – particularly my professional design skills.

Back to my weight! What about those 25 pounds! I have to smile in amusement. I have become interested in so much more of my life than my weight, but yes, my weight is still a focus. I lost as many as 15 pounds since I began, although 5 of those pounds have recently found me again (net loss: 10 pounds since December 2008). I still work at the 10 healthy habits, notably on savoring food and preventing binges better.

As important as my weight remains to me, weight loss is actually the least of what I value from SY. Between the search for expression and penetrating through my anxiety into other feelings, life has taken on a new dimension. I no longer consider food to be my only friend: food is not a friend - or enemy - at all! I no longer use food as a way to feel safe. At times of peril, food can make digestion louder than the peril - but only for a time.

I can see that I am breathing deeper, dressing better, have less background anxiety, and spending less time thinking about the foods that I eat. I focus on the woman I am becoming and how she wants only fresh, healthy foods for nourishment, not entertainment or distraction. I enjoy swapping stories and insights at the SY forums, and on valuing the online friends I’ve found here.

All in all, SY has been an excellent investment in my future and a transforming factor in my life. That’s just awesome.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:00:35 PM | 10 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 11, 2009

Exes and Overeating

Since I became the clinical director of Shrink Yourself four years ago, one of the triggers of overeating that I have heard mentioned most often is relationships. People commonly share things like, "My extra weight came on after the divorce" or "When my husband cheated I put on fifty pounds" or "I binge every time I have to deal with my child's father." In other words, unresolved Ex issues cause a whole lot of emotional eating. This blog entry will have two purposes. One will be to share with you the launch of my new book, Everything You Always Wanted to Know About Ex* (including giving you info on some exciting upcoming readings and TV appearances). The other is to give you a few tips on Exes and overeating.
[more]
   

Drop the Rope

The core premise of Dr. Gould's book is that emotional eating comes from a false sense of powerlessness. And struggles with Exes can certainly bring up a feeling of powerlessness. For years, I had the same fight with my son's father. I didn't know how to stop getting into the same old go-nowhere conversation. And I couldn't understand how I could possibly let him repeatedly get to me in the same way. If you find yourself in the same familiar struggle over and over again with your Ex try a new approach. The game of tug-o-war only works when both people are pulling. If you drop your end of the rope, if you refuse to engage or fight, then the game is over. You may find yourself having not just fewer fights, but fewer binges too. This little tip has saved me so many times.

A Break-Up Doesn't Brand You

Many of us feel like our divorce or break-up is like a Scarlet Letter, letting the world know that we're a failure. Initially, I felt that way when I found myself alone with a child at twenty-seven. It seemed like everyone else was raising their kids as a family (with millions of single mothers in this country, obviously that wasn't the truth, it's just how I felt). When you make your break-up mean something devastating about yourself (for example, you're unlovable, unattractive or unworthy) you end up eating to nurse that wound.

Look to the Future

There's a reason the rearview mirror is so small and the dashboard is so big. It's because where you're going is so much more important than where you've been. It took me a lot of time to realize this. After my son's father and I broke up, I spent a lot of time mourning the idea of an intact family and believing that meant I wanted my Ex back. The pain of a break-up or divorce is inevitable but the suffering is optional. No matter what you've experienced, and I know many of us have experienced really unfair endings to our relationships, there is always something better to look forward to on the road ahead. The love that came into my life after I let that relationship go was far better than any I could have imagined. When we are resisting our current reality, we feel powerless and end up engaging in emotional eating.

If you're still confused about your Ex, I invite you to read the book I co-wrote with Heather Belle called Everything You Always Wanted to Know About Ex* or visit my website (everythingex.com). You can also watch us on The Today Show on September 16, 2009. If you're in New York or Los Angeles please come out to one of my book signings (I always love meeting Shrink Yourself members and friends in person).

   

New York: September 16, 2009 7:30 PM Barnes & Noble (8th Street & 6th Avenue)
Los Angeles: September 27, 2009 6:00 PM Book Soup

Never again do Ex issues need to be your reason for overeating. Your Ex life can lead to your best life.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:08:20 PM | 4 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 04, 2009

This Labor Day: Don’t Work!

Do you think personal growth, psychological work, and getting to know yourself are about as much fun as a root canal, waiting in line at the Department of Motor Vehicles or filing your taxes that are two years late? Exploring your emotions doesn’t have to be hard work. This labor day have fun discovering yourself.


Emotional eating finds its roots in fear. We become afraid of our feelings. We become afraid to look inside ourselves. We become afraid to express who we are, what we need, and how we feel. All this fear has us seek refuge in the comfort of food. There is a long weekend ahead of us. It can be a weekend of overeating. Or it can be something else. It can be a weekend where you tell yourself you deserve that last ice cream of the season before school starts. Or it can be a time to savor the last sips of summer. Let’s look for some ways that you might bring some levity, humor or play into this Labor Day weekend.
[more]
Loosen Up

Weekends can be a tempting time to get obsessive about things that need to be done in the house. All of a sudden it’s Saturday morning and all of the exterior windows need to be washed or the abandoned shed in the back must be cleaned out. This weekend, loosen up. It’s okay to play a board game before washing the dinner dishes. It’s okay to let a bed go unmade or a pile of laundry go undone. Normally, I am an advocate for staying on top of chores but once in awhile, it’s okay to let yourself off the hook. Just for this weekend, how can you focus more on fun and less on work?


Laugh

Make sure to laugh everyday. I heard an old joke that I love tonight. It’s from the Woody Allen movie Annie Hall. Alvy Singer, the main character, says, “It was great seeing Annie again and I realized what a terrific person she was and how much fun it was just knowing her and I thought of that old joke, you know, the, this, this guy goes to a psychiatrist and says, 'Doc, uh, my brother's crazy, he thinks he's a chicken,' and uh, the doctor says, 'well why don't you turn him in?' And the guy says, 'I would, but I need the eggs.' Well, I guess that's pretty much now how I feel about relationships. You know, they're totally irrational and crazy and absurd and, but uh, I guess we keep going through it...because...most of us need the eggs.” Rent a pile of funny movies. Find a big hill to roll down no matter how old you are. Play a game or Pictionary or charades. If you have to, ask to be tickled. If you still can’t laugh, look into Laughter Yoga (www.laughteryoga.org) How can you laugh this weekend?

Do Something You’ve Never Done Before

We all get stuck in the rut of life. A simple thing to shake this up is to do something you’ve never done before. This weekend find something to discover, explore or invent. Find a part of your city you've never been to. I think I’ll go to MOCA, one of the museums I have yet to go to since moving to Los Angeles. Listen to your child without thinking of what needs to be done next. Paint. Or Knit. Or learn a few sentences in a foreign language. Learning, seeing or doing something new can refresh your whole perspective. What new thing can you try this weekend?

As you do these things check in with yourself and see how you feel. Do you feel calm, vulnerable, scared, refreshed? How does play and fun affect your hunger? Getting to know yourself doesn’t have to be hard work. It can be an adventure.


POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:47:16 AM | 6 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, AUGUST 27, 2009

10 Things You Must Know About Hypothyroidism

As many of you know, I have struggled with thyroid problems for the past ten years. I actually think my thyroid problems began when I was around eleven but they were only diagnosed when I was twenty-five and was experiencing a bout of hyperthyroidism with a resting heart rate of 125. At the time, the doctors suggested I take radioactive iodine. I refused and my thyroid stabilized but a few years later I was diagnosed with Hashimoto’s Thyroiditis, a common form of Hypothyroidism. I have spent a lot of time researching both western and eastern approaches to caring for hypothyroidism. I wanted to share ten things that you must consider if you have a thyroid condition. Please note: I am not a medical doctor. These are simply things that I have discovered over the years.
[more]
1. Check Your Ferritin Level

Ferritin indicates the amount of iron that you have stored in your body. People with hypothyroidism often have a hard time absorbing iron. Low iron levels can create a lot of uncomfortable feelings that mimic symptoms of hypothyroidism—foggy thinking, depression, fatigue, low sex drive, etc. If you determine you have low levels of Ferritin, you may need to take an iron supplement. Just be sure that you don’t take it with your thyroid replacement.

2. Use Iodized Salt

In a world that has come to appreciate good quality food, many of us use sea salt. While sea salt is delicious, it doesn’t contain iodine—a necessary nutrient for the health of your thyroid. One way around this is to use iodized salt in your cooking and sea salt on salads and on the table.

3. Avoid Soy Products

Soy has been shown to inhibit normal thyroid function. Small amounts of soy are fine but these days many people have substituted soy products for many of the foods that they eat using soy cheese, soy meats, soymilk, etc. Limit your soy intake.

4. Avoid Goitrogens

Goitrogens are foods which suppress thyroid function. They include broccoli, cabbage, brussel sprouts, mustard, kale, canola oil, soy, pine nuts, millet and peanuts. In people with normal thyroid function, goitrogens can cause hypothyroidism and goiter. In people with hypothyroidism, goitrogens can further depress thyroid function and can exaggerate a goiter.

5. Check Your Cortisol Levels

Cortisol is a hormone produced by your adrenal glands. Often adrenal exhaustion precedes hypothyroidism. If you get diagnosed with hypothyroid having never helped your adrenal glands, you may not be able to absorb synthetic thyroid like Synthroid or levoxyl. If you have hypothyroid, check your adrenals. You can do this with a saliva or blood test.

6. Consider Taking T3 Along With T4

Synthroid or Levoxyl only provides T4. The thyroid produces two hormones T3 and T4. T4 has to be converted into T3 to be absorbed. However, many people have difficulty converting T4 into T3. Therefore taking some T3 (keep in mind if you take Armour thyroid or Naturethyroid they contain both T3 & T4) can often help relieve symptoms.

7. Take Your Temperature

People with hypothyroid often have a lowered body temperature. If your body temperature hasn’t yet come up to normal, it may mean that for one reason, or another you’re not absorbing your thyroid replacement hormone or that you don’t have a high enough dose. If you haven’t been diagnosed with hypothyroidism taking your temperature can help determine if your thyroid isn’t working properly. Here is a method for taking your temperature: http://www.drrind.com/therapies/metabolic-temperature-graph

8. Avoid Wheat

It has been shown that many people who develop hypothyroidism also have a sensitivity to gluten. If you have hypothyroidism give yourself a month off of gluten products and see how you feel. I have experienced great relief by cutting wheat out of my diet.


9. Meditation and Yoga

Meditation helps naturally balance Cortisol levels. This can help you if you already have hypothyroidism or help you avoid it if you don’t yet have it. If you already have hypothyroidism it’s a good idea to do a shoulder stand once a day. If you don’t know how to do one, here’s how: http://www.yogajournal.com/poses/480


10. Consider the Emotional Component

The thyroid gland is a butterfly shaped gland that wraps around your throat and voice box. A butterfly represents transformation. Is there some way in which you are avoiding change? Is there something that you have avoided expressing? Expressing yourself can positively affect your thyroid condition. Louise Hay says that thyroid problems come from a feeling of “I never get to do what I want to do. When is it going to be my turn?” The affirmation that she recommends is “I move beyond old limitations and now allow myself to express freely and creatively.”


It is tricky to balance the thyroid and I know how frustrating it can be but if you take some of these things into consideration it will get a lot easier. Hypothyroidism can pose a real challenge to losing the weight that we want to lose, but if we have the right information it doesn’t have to be quite so hard. You’re not alone. There is so much we can learn from one another.


POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:42:59 PM | 10 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, AUGUST 21, 2009

How Stress Gets You Into a Rut that Makes You Overeat

When you fall into a habit of overeating, does it feel like it gets easier to keep repeating that undesirable behavior? One binge will lead to three. One bout of late night emotional eating can lead to a whole week of late night emotional eating. If it feels that way, it’s because that is actually what happens. When we get into a rut, it becomes easier to stay in that rut.
[more]
In this week’s New York Times, Natalie Angier, published a brilliant piece about the vicious cycles that get created when we’re under stress. She references a study by Nuno Sousa of the Life and Health Sciences Research Institute at the University of Minho in Portugal that reveals how the brains of chronically stressed rats will atrophy in the areas of decision making, while becoming overly developed in the area of habit formation.

This could explain why when under stress we abandon our best thinking and fall back into old habits like overeating. Angier mentions Dr. Robert Sapolsky, a neurobiologist who studies stress at Stanford, who said, “we’re lousy at recognizing when our normal coping mechanisms aren’t working. Our response is usually to do it five times more, instead of thinking, maybe it’s time to try something new.” So, even though overeating doesn’t really help us feel better we can’t stop ourselves from continuing to do it. It’s simply how our brains are wired when we’re under stress.

According to Angier, the good news is that with only a few weeks of vacation in a supportive environment the formerly stressed rats were able to think clearly and decisively. Perhaps we can learn from the rats by taking these last few weeks of summer to get out of our ruts, rest our brains, and remember how to use our best thinking especially when it comes to what we eat, and how we choose to cope with the stress in our lives. The rest will actually reshape your brain.

To read the whole article: http://www.nytimes.com/2009/08/18/science/18angier.html?_r=1&emc=eta1

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:12:32 AM | 5 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, AUGUST 13, 2009

Food As a Form of Punishment

A few weeks ago I covered the topic of food as a source of reward. On the flip side, people also use food and overeating as a form of punishment. Using food, whether as a source of comfort or as a hostile act towards yourself or others, is still emotional eating. It is giving food more power than food deserves. Do you use food as a form of punishment? Before you answer, read keep on reading.
[more]
1. Using Food to Hurt Yourself

Over the years I have worked with many people who have reported that they ate to punish themselves. It was an act of self-hatred. “I found myself eating ten Twix bars because I hated myself so much and it was a way to get back at myself,” someone shared with me. Food, especially in excessive quantities, can hurt us. No different than the person that cuts themselves, overeating or binging, can be a way that we inflict pain on ourselves. Do you eat to hurt yourself?

2. Using Food to Hurt Someone Else

Another common theme is people that eat to prove to someone else (usually a parent or a spouse) that they can’t be controlled. One man who had harbored a long-standing resentment towards his wife made sure that he didn’t lose the weight she wanted him to lose by eating an ice-cream sundae every night on his way home from work. It is normal to resist being dominated by another person but does it really make sense to put your own health in jeopardy out of spite? Are you punishing anyone in your life by overeating or staying overweight?

3. Using Food to Get Back at Society

In a more global way, perhaps our obesity epidemic is just a grand scale way that we are punishing a society that expects us to be perfect. We may get so down on ourselves believing that we will never live up to the ideal, that we abandon all effort entirely. Are you fed up with a society that expects you to be too thin, completely fit and tightly toned?

If you are using food as a form of punishment, you may want to ask yourself why. Is it really getting you the result you want? Not just in terms of how your body looks and feels, but is it getting you the love and acceptance you want from a partner or parent? Is it getting you a feeling of belonging by the world? And if your answer is no, how can you handle your real feelings productively instead of by punishing with food? You deserve to eat well, feel good and have fulfilling relationships. Overeating as a form of punishment postpones treating yourself well.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:26:58 PM | 16 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 05, 2009

What Can a Year of Shrink Yourself Do For You?

In my posts I often talk about emotional eating from various angles and how it affects various aspects of our lives. I try to explain how the Shrink Yourself program impacts emotional eating as both a professional and as a fellow recovering emotional eater. However, the best way for you to understand some of these things is to listen to the words of one of our members who has been using the principles of our program for a year. Her post gave me great hope that emotional eaters can recover their power, lose weight and live more fulfilling lives. I hope her words will give you the same sense of inspiration I experienced.

I started SY in early August of 2008—so I've now had about a year.

Am I an emotional eater? Or am I a healthy eater? Sometimes I can be either, but I do want to recount the progress I've made in recovery after about a year of Shrink Yourself:
[more]
1. I've lost 64 pounds. Woo hoo!

2. I've changed my goal from an " ideal weight" goal to a body fat goal. I'm 32.1% body fat today. I'm shooting for 29% because my YMCA trainer told me that's the high end of the healthy range for females my age.

3. I got rid of my high blood pressure—I'm no longer on medications for it.

4. My high cholesterol, hyperlipidemia, is gone now, too.

5. Pre-diabetic symptoms are gone.

6. Even though I'm still overweight, I accept and even pretty much like my body now. I look at other women my age now, the vast majority of whom seem to be overweight or obese, and I generally feel like "my body is okay.” I'm not sure I'll make that body fat percentage goal because the last couple of months I've been losing it so slowly—but I at least want to maintain what I've done and hopefully keep making slow progress.

7. My junk food consumption has gone from daily to less than once a week. Other than a couple of Subway sandwiches, I can't recall eating any fast food in the past year. Primarily I now cook my own natural food.

8. Now I see cooking and meal prep as nurturing myself, not as drudgery.

9. Where I used to see sweets and refined foods as desirable, now I see them as undesirable, and very rarely have cravings for them.

10. Whereas I used to never get 5 fruits or vegetables per day, now it's probably a rare day when I don't get at least a dozen servings. If I overeat now, it's usually on healthy food and does very little "damage,” either to my health, or my appearance, or to how I feel about myself.

11. I can think of only a handful of 500-700 calorie binges in the past year. Mostly I am doing binge prevention.

12. I am exercising enough—usually 6-12 times a week (I like to split my workouts up into two 30-45 minute sessions instead of once a day).

13. I can run now. In fact--- I've improved so much in cardiovascular fitness I can't easily get my heart rate into the cardio range with most exercises other than running now.

14. I rarely use food as a reward (as opposed to nearly daily before.) I enjoy food but don't tend to think of it as "a treat.”

15. I often listen to my body (but not always). My husband took me out to eat last week for prime rib (which I'm sensitive to) and I said "what the heck if I'm going to eat something bad for me I'm not stopping till it's gone" and stuffed myself—and then regretted it. I realized it had been so long since I had had the stuffed feeling that I had totally forgotten how miserable it is and gave myself a "memory booster.” Last night we went out to eat again and believe me I DID NOT stuff myself again and chose only healthy foods from the all-you-can-eat buffet.

13. I can usually tell the difference between physical and emotional hunger. I'm getting better at not eating when I know the hunger is emotional—but sometimes I still do it anyway.

14. Sometimes I savor my food and am not the first one finished (This is still the habit that’s the toughest for me).

Anyway--- I'm hoping this will be helpful to some of the people newer at the program wondering if the program will really help them. For me, it clearly has even though I'm still a work in progress and am still in the program.


As the Clinical Director of Shrink Yourself I want to remind you that there is hope. Patterns can change, even long-standing ones. There is so much more at stake than just the number on the scale. What’s at stake is your health, your fulfillment and your confidence in your ability to take control of your life.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 3:43:31 PM | 19 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, JULY 29, 2009

Food is NOT a Reward!

The other day I was driving past a Jack in the Box restaurant and I noticed one of the signs in their window. It was a picture of their mascot (the funny cartoon headed guy) with a slogan that said (paraphrasing here), “Treat yourself…not to a massage or anything, just something off the menu.” Food is not a reward, I repeat, food is not a reward. One of the things that most confuses us in our relationship to food is the belief that food is a reward. And worse than that, many of us believe, food is the only reward that we have.

If you think food is a reward, keep reading.
[more]
Maybe you were treated to an ice-cream for a good score on a test. At my son’s school they have root-beer float, popcorn, and popsicle parties for jobs well done. We are given the message that food is the acknowledgment we get for putting in the effort or putting up with something intolerable. Maybe your mother told you if you went on boring errands with her you could go through the drive-thru of your favorite fast food restaurant.

All of us need reward, acknowledgment, and recognition for work well done. It’s part of human nature. Sadly, food can become the most obvious and readily accessible form of reward we can find. Once we’ve found food, we stop looking for other creative ways to reward ourselves, and others. I work with people everyday that don’t even know how they might reward themselves, if not with food. We work together to find other ways. And if you want to leave a big part of your overeating behind, you’ll need to find other forms of reward, too.

Non-Edible Rewards for Children

As parents, we inadvertently give our children the message that food is a reward. It’s almost unavoidable. Recently, my nine-year old son was put on a restrictive diet for medical reasons. He can’t eat wheat, dairy, soy, or sugar. The simple solution of offering food to reward him is no longer an option. A carrot stick doesn’t really seem like a tasty treat to a kid. His adherence to this way of eating makes him even more worthy of a reward. But what? Here are some suggestions: Movies, books, $5 to spend in a store of their choice, undivided attention, watching a show with them that THEY like, wrestling, playing a board game, doing an art project, taking them to a museum, looking at childhood photos or videos, building a fort, sending them an email telling them how proud you are.

Non-Edible Rewards for Yourself

As a single-mother I often don’t have someone looking out for how much I’ve done or how tired I might be. In the past nine years, I haven gotten really good at finding ways to reward myself. I know many single mothers, who in the absence of a partner have made food their co-parent, their lover, or their friend. Here are some things that I do to reward myself. I keep Epsom Salts in the house for a pre-bed bath. I make sure I have a good book to read. Every so often I treat myself to a trashy magazine, a pedicure, or an afternoon movie. I go to bed early (yes, that can be a reward). I give myself a facial. I lie on the grass and read the cartoons from The New Yorker. I call a friend.

Non-Edible Rewards for Partners, Lovers & Spouses

The age-old act of romance is bringing someone you love chocolates. But is it really romantic to give someone confections that can make them overweight or fall into a sugar coma? Now, isn’t that an enticing image? Candy is so fleeting. How about giving your sweetheart a foot massage, a love letter, a hand-packed healthy lunch with a note on the napkin, a complaint-free day, a valentine on a day other than February 14th, a drawn bath wit bath oils, a clean house, or an attentive listening ear. All of these other things are more likely to be remembered.

When we eliminate food as a reward, we can get pretty creative. We all deserve rewards but let’s see what happens when we don’t eat those rewards.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:50:24 PM | 11 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, JULY 23, 2009

Losing Weight Can Be as Simple as Breathing In

Over the years, I have heard every excuse for why people can’t exercise—arthritis, tendonitis, bursitis, plantar fasciitis. You name it, I’ve heard it! I’ve also helped people look for appropriate forms of exercise that would help them, not harm them. Substitution is always better than elimination. It’s better for the runner to walk than to sit idle. It’s better for the weight lifter to do yoga than to give up. But one of the most effective forms of exercise that can be done by anyone despite what itis they might have is breathing. We were born doing it and we’ll do it until the moment we die. Yet few of us realize what a powerful and effective tool it can be in our efforts to lose weight.

Why is breathing so terrific? Keep reading.
[more]
Pranayama is a Sanskrit word meaning "restraint of the prana or breath". The word is composed of two Sanskrit words, “Prāna” (life force or vital energy, particularly pertaining to the breath) and "āyāma" (to suspend or restrain). It is often translated as “control of the life force. Yogis make a whole practice of learning how to breathe properly. Most of us take breathing for granted. We assume that we already know everything there is to know about how to breathe.

How Will Breathing Help Me?

For one, breathing brings oxygen to all of your cells. If you’re an emotional eater constantly looking to fill up on food, perhaps you haven’t considered that you might actually be starving, but not for food, for air. I recall meeting a woman who lost a significant amount of weight. When I questioned how she did it she replied, “I simply added in a breathing practice.” More oxygen to your cells definitely means better metabolism; but I get the sense that breathing offered her more than just a simple miracle cure. Breathing reduces tension, helps you feel centered, lowers blood pressure, calms your mind. Having increased sources of relaxation makes it easier not to rely on food for comfort and to make better food choices overall.

A simple breath practice also begins to condition your body so that it can be prepared for other kinds of exercise. Your lungs expand and become more accustomed to being full of air instead subsisting on the tiny sips of air that most of us shallow breathers take.

How to Breathe

The two things you learn how to do as soon as you’re born are breathe and eat, in that order. Maybe when we don’t breath so well, we rely on the second skill a lot more. However, by taking five minutes a day to not just breathe, but breathe well, we can completely alter how we feel.

Four Square Breathing

This type of breathing can help you in the midst of an anxiety or panic attack, can be used for meditation, or can simply be used to calm yourself down.

1. Take a deep breath. .
2. Hold it for four seconds.
3. Exhale for four seconds.
4. Do nothing for four seconds. Then, repeat.

Alternate Nostril Breathing

This is a yogic type of breathing that will help you relax, achieve a blissful state of being, and balance both sides of your brain. If you do better with a visual aid there are videos on YouTube that will show you how to do this.

1. Breathe in through your left nostril while holding your right nostril closed with your finger for the count of eight.
2. Hold for the count of eight.
3. Breath out through your right nostril while holding your left nostril closed with your finger for the count of eight.
4. Breathe in through your right nostril while holding your left nostril closed with your finger for the count of eight.
5. Hold for the count of eight.
6. Breath out through your left nostril while holding your right nostril closed with your finger for the count of eight.
7. Repeat from step one.

Breath of Fire

Breath of Fire is a part of Kundalini Yoga. It is used to energize and detoxify the body. It produces heat. Please note that you should try this one in small doses and you should stop if you become dizzy.

1. Sit in a comfortable position.
2. Elongate your spine.
3. Close your eyes.
4. Relax your stomach muscles.
5. Now begin to breathe rapidly through the nose with equal emphasis on the inhalation and exhalation. It will be like very fast sniffing. Keep the breath shallow, just at the tip of the nose. Proceed at a comfortable pace and establish a steady rhythm. You will find that the stomach pulses on its own in rhythm to the breath. Continue for one minute.

In less than five minutes a day, you could breathe yourself to a better body, a calmer mind, and a happier disposition. Why not give it a try? It’s as simple as breathing in.



POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:14:56 PM | 6 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, JULY 15, 2009

Understand Your Emotions Instead of Eating to Stuff Them Down

If you’re an emotional eater, any emotion can become frightening. First, the emotional eater learns to eat to deal with a particular emotion that seems intolerable. It could be fear, anger, or depression. After some time, any feeling at all will trigger a craving for food.

The more you stuff your feelings with food, the less comfortable you are facing your feelings. Over time, almost any feeling becomes too much. The problem with this is that you’ll often end up feeling stuck in life because you are not using your feelings to guide you and inform your choices.

Emotions don’t need to be feared if you understand the messages behind them. This past weekend I had the good fortune of taking a workshop with horses. It was not a riding workshop but a workshop in which one interacts with the horses in order to access and understand one’s feelings more fully. During the workshop they handed out something called The Emotional Message Chart. It was adapted by Linda Kohanov from Karla McClaren’s “Emotional Genius.” This chart could really help emotional eaters to befriend the feelings they have been trying to run from. I hope you will find it useful.
[more]
Kohanov says, “For horses, emotions are not ‘good’ or ‘bad.’ They recognize that emotions are information, always useful for staying safe and keeping us right with the world. Horses are uncomfortable when emotions are suppressed, ignored, or masked.”

Look at the chart below. Identify your feelings and the messages behind them. Then ask yourself the associated questions (or speak the associated affirmations for the last three emotions on the chart). When you don’t ask and answer these questions they often become intense (you’ll be able to see the intense version on the chart below). It’s this intensity that we try to dial down with the comfort of food.

Emotion: Fear
Message: Intuitive, focused awareness of something that is a threat to our physical, mental, or emotional well-being.
Questions: What is the threat? What action must I take to move to a position of safety?
Intensity: Worry, anxiety, confusion, dulling of senses, panic, terror, disassociation.

Emotion: Vulnerability
Message: Something significant is about to change or be revealed.
Questions: What wants to happen, and how does this seem to threaten the status quo? What behavior, belief, or perception is being challenged?
Intensity: Panic. Anger.

Emotion: Anger
Message: Proper boundaries should be maintained or rebuilt.
Questions: What must be protected? What must be restored? What is the emotion behind the mask and is it directed at me?
Intensity: Rage, fury, shame, guilt (directed at self). Boredom or apathy masks anger that can’t be dealt with, a nonviolent coping mechanism.

(THIS IS PARTICULARLY INTERESTING FOR THE EMOTIONAL EATER BECAUSE I OFTEN HEAR THAT PEOPLE EAT OUT OF BOREDOM. ANOTHER THING THAT IS QUITE COMMON IS THE FEELING APATHY (“I DON’T CARE” OR “WHY BOTHER?”). IF THESE ARE COMMON EMOTIONS FOR YOU, YOU MIGHT WANT TO INQUIRE INTO THE ANGER BEHIND THOSE FEELINGS. PERHAPS YOU ARE ANGRY BECAUSE FOOD IS A STRUGGLE FOR YOU AND DOESN’T SEEM TO BE FOR OTHERS.)

Emotion: Frustration
Message: What I am doing is not working.
Questions: What approach haven’t I tried?
Intensity: Defeat. Despair

(THIS ONE IS SO RELEVANT TO OVEREATERS BECAUSE THE QUESTION BEHIND THE FRUSTRATION IS ‘WHAT APPROACH HAVEN’T I TRIED?’ OFTENTIMES, PEOPLE TRY THE SAME WAY EVEN THOUGH THEY’RE NOT GETTING THE RESULTS THEY WANT (A PATTERN OF ONE DIET AFTER ANOTHER ILLUSTRATES THIS PERFECTLY). A NEW APPROACH IS NEEDED. THAT’S WHY ‘SHRINK YOURSELF’ SEEKS TO HELP PEOPLE STOP THE FRUSTRATING APPROACH OF TRYING THE SAME THING OVER AND OVER. IT OFFERS A NEW AND DIFFERENT WAY.)

Emotion: Sadness
Message: Restores flow to the psyche when loss is imminent and in our best interest.
Questions: What must be released? What must be rejuvenated?
Intensity: Despair. Despondence.

Emotion: Grief
Message: No choice about releasing something, the loss or death has already occurred.
Questions: What must be mourned?
Intensity: Depression

Emotion: Depression
Message: Stagnation; the stop sign of the soul.
Questions: Where has my energy gone? Where is it now? What new direction gives me energy?
Intensity: Loss of self or of life’s purpose, physical illness, suicidal urge.

Emotion: Suicidal Urge
Message: The life being lived is endangering body and soul at such extreme levels that it will cause permanent damage.
Questions: What must end now? What must be killed? What can no longer be tolerated in my psyche?
Intensity: Soul death. Physical death.

Emotion: Happiness
Message: Happiness can only flow freely when you allow all of your emotional energies to flow.
Questions (AFFIRMATION): Thank you for this joyful celebration.
Intensity: Merriment, gaiety, hope, delight, wonder, playfulness, invigoration.

Emotion: Joy
Message: Joy will seek you out if you let it move in its own time and its own way—not in yours.
Questions (AFFIRMATION): Thank you for this radiant moment!
Intensity: Expansion, communion, inspiration, splendor, radiance, bliss.

Emotion: Contentment
Message: Be willing to challenge yourself and risk failure. Real contentment comes from real accomplishments.
Questions (AFFIRMATION): Thank you for renewing my faith in myself.
Intensity: Enjoyment, satisfaction, self-respect, renewal and fulfillment.

(THIS ONE IS ALWAYS PARTICULARLY RELEVANT TO OUR WORK HERE AT ‘SHRINK YOURSELF’. WHEN YOU ARE WILLING TO CHALLENGE YOURSELF AND RISK FAILURE, YOU WILL FIND A NEW WAY TO APPROACH OVEREATING, BINGE EATING, EMOTIONAL EATING, OR FOOD ADDICTION. THEN, YOU WILL FIND YOUR FAITH IN YOURSELF RENEWED AND YOU WILL BE CONTENT.)

Play with the messages in this chart to better understand your emotions. Your emotions will become important tools that will serve to guide you instead of menaces that need to be eaten away. (For more information on working with horses go to www.equineenergetix.com )

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 4:58:39 PM | 8 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, JULY 09, 2009

Learn from a Former Shrink Yourself Member's Success

Each person’s triumph over emotional eating looks similar on the one hand, unique on the other. There are always common themes to how someone heals a pattern of emotional eating despite their specific details. No matter what the specifics are we can all learn from listening and sharing, honestly, with one another. Here are some powerful points I'd like to share from an interview with a former Shrink Yourself member.

Accept Yourself Wherever You Are

Jan had done well working to overcome a pattern of emotional eating but she was still not the exact weight that she wanted to be. She would have liked to be about ten pounds less but it seemed the scale wouldn’t budge. She had two choices. She could beat herself up about this, or she could accept herself in a more loving way. It took a while, but Jan decided to accept herself at a slightly larger size than she was comfortable with. Doing this freed up her mind to enjoy life a little more. There was no longer a dark cloud of shame and disgust veiling her days.

Live in the Solution, Not the Problem

Sometimes, accepting where you are can open the door to a new and often simpler way. By no longer focusing on the problem so much, Jan was able to find her way to a solution that worked for her. She read a book called, “Mindless Eating” by Brian Wansink Ph.D. In the book Dr. Wansink talks about how people eat without thinking about it. He describes inviting people to a dinner where the soup bowls were rigged to keep filling themselves up with more soup. The guests kept eating and eating despite the bottomless bowl. He also invited people to a movie theater where some were given big bags of popcorn and others small ones. No matter what the size of the bag, everyone finished what they were given. Not to mention that the popcorn was two weeks old! The bottom line of his book is that we eat mindlessly. A tip that he gives is that if you eat just 20% less, your mind won’t register that you’re less full, and you will lose weight. Jan decided to give this a try. If she took out ten nuts to eat from a bag, she put two back in, and ate eight. If she took a scoop of tuna salad, she took one tablespoon out and put it back in the container. It didn’t take much effort, but in about six months she had lost most of those last few pounds that didn’t want to come off and felt really great about her body. We all need little tips and tricks. If we focus on the problem too much, we sometimes miss a solution that will work for us. By sharing these solutions with each other, we can try different things until we find something that resonates with us.

Small Steps Still Make a Big Difference

Jan was able to leave a lot of emotional eating behind by finding other ways to deal with uncomfortable feelings. She found that she was still having emotional eating episodes some of the time, but not all of the time. And that is good enough. Remember, it’s normal to reach for the comfort of food once in a while. It only becomes a problem when eating becomes the only solution you have to deal with your emotions. If you use food twenty out of twenty times, it’s emotional eating. If you use food one out of twenty times, its not.
Don’t expect perfection. Just try your best. Small steps really do make a big difference.


Be Interested in Something Other Than Food & Weight

Many people share that an obsession with food can take every bit of their time and energy (and even their money). Jan shared that she had always been interested in finding ways to raise awareness about human rights issues. As a teacher, she did this with her students. Recently, she has helped to cultivate awareness about a hospital in the Congo called Heal Africa (www.healafrica.org) that helps rape victims heal from a condition call fistula. If you find yourself overly concerned with your weight, volunteer your time, find a cause, or reawaken a dormant dream.

Success doesn’t mean perfection. It doesn’t mean never using food for comfort. It just means showing up for yourself and taking small steps with the trust that they will get you to where you want to go.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 6:39:19 AM | 4 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, JULY 01, 2009

The Missing Link to Getting Slim for Summer

Summer is here, whether or not we feel ready for it. On New Year’s Day many people start to worry about getting slim for swimsuit season. Then, on the first day of spring they might start to get panicked. By the time summer actually hits, if a certain goal hasn’t been reached, it’s easy to throw in the towel and just wait for next year. But next year it can be the same thing all over again. Even if you’re not as slim as you’d like to be for the summer, there’s still hope.
[more]
Losing weight requires a delicate balance. It requires a balance between taking actions that will help you get to your goal and accepting yourself exactly where you are today. This balance of acceptance and moving forward is the missing link to getting slim this summer no matter where you are today. So, how do we do that if summer has descended and we’re still not happy with how we look and feel?

1. NEXT SUMMER IS TOO LATE

Being a perfectionist about your weight always does more harm than good. It paves the way to black-and-white thinking where you’re likely to give up for this year and decide to eat ice-cream cones every night until next year. Summer is actually a perfect time to take small steps towards your goal. It’s an easier time of year to be physically active. It’s an easier time of year to eat fresh fruits, simple grilled meats and salads. And it can be an easier time of year to relax and that means less emotional eating.

2. ACCEPT YOURSELF NOW

No matter what you look like in a bathing suit you can love and accept yourself as you are. Your value is not determined by what your body looks like. The more you talk to yourself in a loving, kind and accepting way the easier it will be to take those small steps towards changing your behavior for the better. Talking to yourself harshly and critically only feeds that black-and-white thinking that leads to emotional eating.

Progress is more important than perfection. You don’t have to be perfect for summer, you just have to keep moving forward.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:42:23 AM | 12 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, JUNE 24, 2009

4 Ways We Contribute to One Another's Unhealthy Relationships with Food

The other day while waiting at the register in a local pharmacy I saw the cover of one of those trashy tabloids that showed a bunch of actresses and models in their bathing suits from the rear view. Most of the comments were talking about the women’s cellulite as though it was the biggest sin since murder. I have to admit I couldn’t stop myself from looking at the glossy pages. And for a moment, I understood how seeing these pictures could definitely make someone throw in the towel with a thought that goes something like this: “If these women who have endless access to trainers and nutritionists can’t get it right, what chance do I have?” However, a little research on cellulite will reveal that it’s a naturally occurring part of MOST women’s bodies. If you have cellulite, you are the norm, not the exception. Why should you feel bad about something that is a normally occurring part of having a human body?

The fact is that we shouldn’t feel bad, but most of us do. We contribute to one another’s bad relationships with food and with our bodies in subtle and profound ways. Take a look at the list below to see how we contribute to other people’s eating disorders:
[more]
1.Being the Media’s Puppet

Do you let film, television, and magazines dictate how you think you should look? Do you compare yourself to actresses and models? Depending on the era, different body types have been en vogue—waifish, voluptuous, zaftig, muscular. Body types change like fashion and we neither can adapt nor should we have to. We don’t have to fall prey to how the media says we should look. For example, I have worn wedge shoes for years. A couple of years ago they came into fashion and everyone assumed that I was wearing them for that reason. I wore them before and I plan on wearing them even if they become passé. You can decide what you want to look like no matter what’s on the pages of your favorite magazine. How can you become more immune to the effects of the media?

2. Commenting on Other People’s Weight

Something that is often done with good intention but is nevertheless damaging is commenting on people’s weight. Even when the comment is complimentary, the results can still be destructive. I know many women who struggled with anorexia. In the throes of their eating disorders, many reported that they received so many compliments despite being unhealthily thin. Telling someone that they’ve lost or gained weight contributes to a fixation on weight and food. Share with someone how happy you are to see them or how grateful you are that they made time for you. Taking the focus away from weight helps us all in the long run. Can you stop commenting on weight changes and appearances in yourself and others?

3. Ragging on Ourselves

It’s so common to hear people call themselves fat or poke fun at their bodies that we have become desensitized to it. Talking negatively about our bodies greases the slope for everyone. It contributes to a spirit of competition and comparison. I live in Los Angeles where a lot of people will say they need to lose weight if they’re not the “required” ten pounds underweight. I often find myself getting angry wondering where exactly they think they should lose the weight…perhaps off their internal organs. If we can all learn to speak about our bodies with love and acceptance, then it will be so much easier to treat ourselves lovingly with good food and exercise. Stirring up all this negativity and hatred just sends us into the arms of food. Can you stop talking negatively about your body?

4. Good Food – Bad Food

Labeling foods good or bad can lead to binges. Every so often certain foods become off limits. When I was in college everyone avoided fats and lived on carbs. Now, carbs are evil and fat is your friend. When we avoid doing the work of knowing which foods are best for our particular bodies and instead get on the good food/bad food band wagon, we can get very confused. We can feel self-righteous when we are eating the “good foods.” And we can get judgmental of others when they are eating the “bad foods.” I’ve seen people glare at someone for saying “yes” to a piece of baguette with their bowl of soup. Food can almost become like the bad-boy lover. Everyone tells you to get away from him, but you just can’t seem to resist. When you take away the taboo element of it all, everything gets easier. How can you stop yourself from labeling foods good or bad?

Many of us have done these things with good intentions. Many of us have had these things done to us and suffered because of it. And there’s no question that all of these opinions and ideas are affecting how the young people in our society think about themselves. However, we can make it easier for ourselves, and others, by becoming more conscious. We often think that the answer to all of this is thinking our way into right actions. For example, I need to lose weight so that means I should eat less, and so I’ll do it and that will be that. But it doesn’t work that way. We actually need to act our way into right thinking. In other words, by changing simple actions (like the things listed above) you will begin to think in a different and more empowered way—in a way that helps you accept yourself and others more freely. When you do that, those images on the covers of magazines will not be nearly as compelling as who a person is and what they have to contribute. Wouldn’t it be nice if cellulite was no longer considered a cover story and was instead replaced with modern day stories of courage, compassion, and creativity?



POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:56:08 AM | 9 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, JUNE 17, 2009

3 Reasons More and More People Are Addicted to Food

Overeating and obesity are often blamed on things like lack of willpower, metabolism, or genetics. However, more and more studies (including those in animal research) are revealing that food addiction is real. You might wonder why more and more people seem to be addicted to food these days. Weight issues are on the rise and if we look closely we might be able to determine why. The answer might help us find solutions for ourselves. Since it can be tempting to focus more on the problem than on the solution I will offer a solution to each problem here.
[more]
PROBLEM ONE: FOOD ADDITIVES MAKE US FAT
Studies continue to reveal that additives in food make us fat. Certain foods, particularly fast foods, can be engineered to make us crave them. David Kessler’s book, The End of Overeating, shows us how we can become hardwired to eat large quantities of foods that are dangerous to our health. The lure of these types of food has us getting up in our pajamas to go to our nearest drive-thru. In other words, we have become more and more physically addicted to food, the same way we could become addicted to nicotine or drugs.

SOLUTION
Cravings are almost never for broiled chicken, steamed broccoli, or slices of fresh peaches. It’s not that those foods can’t be delicious but cravings are usually for things like cookies, doughnuts, baked goods, chips, etc. Clear your diet of unhealthy foods. The closer a food is to its natural source the less likely you’ll be to crave that food in an unnatural way.

PROBLEM TWO: LIFE IS MORE STRESSFUL
The faster pace of life these days affects our weight. For one, when we’re stressed and rushed we’re more likely to grab unhealthy foods on the go. Secondly, constantly being overstimulated keeps our nervous systems in an activated state. By not letting our bodies shut down and relax our cortisol levels (cortisol is a hormone produced by our adrenal glands) get heightened. Elevated cortisol levels make it difficult to take off extra weight, especially around one’s belly. Food, especially carbohydrates and sweets, can give us a little dose of calm that our adrenal glands no longer know how to create. Therefore, we become physically dependent on the calm that food can provide.

SOLUTION
In simple terms, relax. Shut off the TV, the computer, and the radio. Allow yourself a little bit of quiet everyday. Breathe deeply. You’d be amazed how many people simply forget to breathe. A friend of mine told me that she takes three deep breaths every time she goes to the bathroom. This allows her at least a certain amount of deep breaths per day. Adopt a meditation practice. Meditation has been shown to lower elevated cortisol levels. If you want a simple way to shut down your body, close your eyes and notice if your eyes are still moving beneath your lids. Follow the movements until they slow down. As you do, a feeling of calm will wash over you.

PROBLEM THREE: TALKING DOESN’T TEACH US ANYTHING
In modern times it’s easy to believe that we are more emotionally open and mature. But just because we talk openly about almost anything on talk shows and blogs it’s not necessarily the case. However, the truth is that talking about things doesn’t necessarily teach us how to deal with them. For the most part, we are just as confused as ever about how to handle our feelings. This leads us to looking towards food for comfort more and more frequently. We soothe and nurture ourselves by eating. This is why we are emotionally addicted to food.

SOLUTION:
The best thing you can do to avoid eating is to understand your feelings. Feelings are like weather - they happen and then they pass. But the problem is that we take our feelings very seriously and that’s when they get overwhelming. This sends us searching for the comfort of food. Simply learn what you need when you feel angry, sad, lonely, frustrated, or anxious. Then, you’ll be better equipped to face almost anything without food. Just as knowing the right hat and shoes to wear in a snowstorm can make it so much more bearable, learning how to deal with your feelings will enable you to turn to food less frequently. Remember, feelings aren’t facts. They don’t last that long.

There are so many comforting components to eating that it’s understandable that we’d become addicted to that kind of comfort. Food is so accessible these days. It’s everywhere and there is a heightened focus on food. But if you focus on the solution more than the problem you’ll find yourself recovering your power and becoming the master of what and when you eat.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 4:44:03 PM | 12 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, JUNE 09, 2009

The Darker Side of Emotional Eating: Overcoming Bulimia & Other Eating Disorders

Our site was created to help people overcome Emotional Eating. We wanted people to have all the information and tools they need to lose weight and master their relationship with food. Emotional eating affects so many of us but what you need to know is that there are darker sides of emotional eating and bulimia is one of them.

Bulimia is an eating disorder where a person consumes a huge amount of food and then attempts to purge it from their system by vomiting, taking laxatives or exercising excessively. The pattern itself can become addictive and despite promises made to oneself that each time will be the last time, the behavior continues. Bingeing and purging often leads to feelings of shame, guilt and self-hatred, not mention what it can do to your body and teeth.

I often tell the people that we work with here at Shrink Yourself that using food may provide a few moments of relief or comfort but it can never get you what you really need. And in the same way, purging might give you a symbolic feeling that you are wiping the slate clean or getting rid of something you don’t want. But it can never take away the things that you are really trying to get rid of for example, anxiety, fear, regret, sadness, abuse, etc.

This week I interviewed a woman who struggled with bulimia for many years. I thought it would be good for you to hear, in her words, what her experiences were so that you might find some strength and hope on your own journey.

To read the interview click here:
[more]
Q: How old were you when it started?
A: I started experimenting when I was about 15 and then really began when I was 17.

Q: How long did it go on for?
A: The worst of it was for about 6 years. After that it took years to stop all together. I probably didn’t stop completely until my early thirties. I am now forty. As recent as two years ago I had a one time slip.

Q: How often did you binge and purge?
A: At first it was a few times a week and then every day. Then for a period of time it progressed to 3 times a day.

Q: Why did you binge and purge?
A: To escape my life. To not feel my feelings. To avoid conflicts. To express my anger (the only problem with that is that I took it out on myself because I was unable to express my anger to the appropriate people in my life). To hurt myself because I was used to being hurt and neglected. To repeat on some level the abuse I experienced as a kid. To numb myself. To think of nothing but food so that I would have some relief from emotional pain (I didn't realize though that it was causing another kind of pain). To attain perfection because I felt interminably not good enough. To control my environment. To attempt order because I grew up in an atmosphere of tremendous chaos. It gave me an illusion of control. To feel "clean.” I felt dirty and bad. I was symbolically trying to rid my self of all the "bad" in me. To stay connected to my mother (She had an eating problem. She was very overweight) I didn't want to be fat like her. I was disgusted by her weight but I felt tied to her and scared to separate and our common obsession and fixation on food was something we could share. To feel masterful and good at SOMETHING. Because of very low self-esteem I was going to have a good body and be faultless in my eating. I could be perfect and not let one "bad" thing go in my body. If I ate something bad I’d get rid of it. To avoid my life and my career. A place to put all my time and energy. Feeling afraid and unable to pursue my dreams I needed something to absorb me.

Without emotional support in my life and with too much shame to share myself with others food was used for nurturance and self-soothing. It was something reliable that would always be there for me. It was a safe place to express want and need, I could take my fill of food. I could take all I wanted and not risk rejection. With people I felt like I wanted and needed too much. But with food I could take as much as I wanted or needed.

Q: Did you promise yourself each time that it would be the last?
A: Yes. Every time I swore to myself that I’d never do it again.

Q: How did you try to stop?
A: By avoiding "bad foods.” By exercising thinking that if I felt fit and trim I wouldn't try to manage my weight with bingeing and purging (but it wasn't about weight. On the surface yes, but the truth is I wasn’t even trying to lose weight). Also with psychotherapy and Overeaters Anonymous.

Q: What things were most effective in helping you stop?
A: Psychotherapy, more specifically a very loving therapist, body work, and yoga.

Q: What were some signs that you were getting better?
A: Curiosity and desire for things in the world. Less attention and focus on food and what and where and when I would eat. Eating too much and feeling a sense of acceptance instead of panic. Flexibility around food and being less rigid. Being open to more social situations where I wouldn’t be able to control my food.

Q: What would you tell other people that are binging and purging?
A: Please don't do it (easier said than done I know). Please stop hurting yourself. I know personally how hard it is not to (even if consciously you don't want to) and I have absolutely no judgment of anyone who engages in the behavior but I learned the hard way how much damage you can do to yourself. I destroyed my teeth and had to have a complete reconstruction. It was painful and costly and took several years to complete. I felt like my bulimia took years from my life and ten years to heal from. It is something I have had to take responsibility for but I have often felt robbed and cheated of a lot of time. I don't think most people who binge and purge realize the possible consequences.
I guess I would just say that if you are bingeing and purging please get help. Please find someone to talk to. It’s too hard to do alone.


If you struggle with bulimia, I hope that something here sheds some light for you on your life. Beware of a voice in your head that says anything like “I might throw up once in awhile but I’m not as bad as her” or “I have it under control.” That’s a sign that you’re trying to justify your behavior and trick yourself into believing it’s okay to continue bingeing and purging. Emotional eaters find themselves turning to food more and more once it has been installed as a coping mechanism, and bulimics find themselves purging more and more as life becomes stressful. Getting help works. You are not alone and you don’t have to face this by yourself.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 6:43:55 PM | 13 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, JUNE 03, 2009

3 Steps to Build Your Own Emotional Eating Rescue Kit

Emotional Eating can get triggered at any time of day or night. You get an upsetting phone call, text or email and suddenly you’re starving. You’re out to dinner with friends and you feel left out of the conversation and dessert immediately seems like the perfect escape. Your husband and kids have gone to bed and you want some special time all to yourself but don’t know what would feel rewarding besides a few stolen cookies and a handful of chips. Emotional eating is using food to numb, comfort or reward one’s self. It is using food, not just as nutrition but also as a coping mechanism for life.

Therefore the answer is both simple and difficult. It’s simple because if you deal with your feelings head on, you won’t need food to help you along. It’s difficult because dealing with feelings head on can be frightening and overwhelming, particularly when you don’t yet have the skills to do so which is what makes the quick fix of food so enticing.

To begin to face your feelings you can build yourself an Emotional Eating Rescue Kit. This is something that you can have fun with. Just follow these three simple steps:
[more]
Step One: Identify Your Top Three Emotions That Trigger Emotional Eating

For a few weeks take the time to observe yourself. Notice which emotions send you to the drive thru lane of your nearest fast food joint. Look for the times of day that you overeat. Some people binge in the afternoon and others do so at night. Look for places where you overeat for instance in restaurants, at family gatherings, at work, or at home. Does anger, sadness, loneliness, or boredom make you most hungry? You can keep a journal or calendar until you notice some regular patterns. When you do, pick the top three feelings, times, or places that you emotionally eat.

Step Two: Build Your Rescue Kit

Get a shoebox or a big manila envelope. You can use a drawer in your night table or even the glove compartment of your car. Collect things that address the feelings that trigger you to eat. You can put inspirational writings in your kit, passages from a spiritual book, or aromatherapy, or a CD with songs that shift your mood. You can put the phone number of a friend who will hear you out. You can put pictures or images that soothe you. You can put anything in there that will help remind you to address the real feeling instead of trying to eat it away.

Step Three: Use Your Rescue Kit

Your rescue kit will only work if you use it. Practice using your kit. Develop it so that it really does address the feelings that trigger episodes of emotional eating. Don’t be afraid to use trial and error. This is about getting better and better at attending to your real needs. You can even create a pocket sized rescue kit that you keep in your purse or in your desk at work. When your emotions trigger you to eat, you can always excuse yourself, go to the restroom with your rescue kit and keep yourself present to what’s really going on for you.

Remember when you eat, you abandon yourself. By eating you don’t address your real needs, hurts, and concerns. As a result many people report feeling stuck in their lives. But when you begin to address your true feelings your life starts to propel forward. If you’re a Shrink Yourself member you have already learned to look for the underlying feeling behind the urge to binge or overeat. You may even use the Hunger Coach regularly (This is a specially designed program that you use on your computer or phone to help you understand a craving in the moment when you have it). However, there are going to be times when getting to the computer isn’t always an option. When the power is out, or your internet is down, or you’re traveling in a third world country you can still take steps to slow down, stay aware, and hold your own hand through your feelings, without the escape that food provides.




POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 7:35:18 PM | 22 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, MAY 27, 2009

If Not Overeating, Then What?

So many overeaters that I talk to say, “I don’t know what I would do if I didn’t stuff my feelings down with food.” Dr. Gould says, “If you really want to know what’s bothering you, stop eating, and it will all surface.” Gosh, the idea of that can be scary because many of us emotional eaters don’t know what we’d do if we stopped using food to deal with life. Of course, that’s what we’re all learning here but it still can be frightening. As the end of the school year approaches and there are graduations and summer vacations to plan with less money than ever, I invite you to slow down for a few minutes and breathe. To help you along, this week I thought I’d write something less clinical, and more reflective.

If I didn’t keep stuffing my feelings with food I would….
[more]
If I didn’t keep stuffing my feelings with food I would….

*Cry until I got it all out of my system.
*Start asking for what I want.
*Pursue an abandoned dream.
*Answer honestly when someone asks me how I’m doing.
*Ask for forgiveness from someone I've hurt.
*See that I’m not satisfied in my relationship & work to make it better or finally make a change.
*Admit I don’t (and won't) have all the answers.
*Ask for help when I feel overwhelmed.
* Get more rest.
*Admit I’m angry and scream or punch a pillow.
*Mourn the loss of a dream, a relationship, a job, or a loved one.
*Need to meditate or pray more.
*Stand up for myself.
*Not always say “yes,” when I want to say “no.”
*Accept that I’m only human.
*Exercise my emotional muscles.
*Learn to accept I’m not perfect and am bound to make mistakes.
*Let the past go and begin again.
*Learn something new.
*Seek out more supportive friends.
*Face the fact that I’m not as brave as I let people think.
*Stop pretending I’m not sad.
*Reach out.
*Accept that it’s hard to be a parent.
*Realize I don’t know how.
*Create new possibilities.
*Never give up on myself.
*Try, try again.
*Be gentle with myself.
*Love myself more.

We turn to food for comfort because it’s quick and easy. But by doing so we postpone taking the actions that would propel our lives forward. What would you do if you weren’t using food to numb out. The same people that come into the program saying that they don’t know what they would do if they stopped overeating, often leave the program exclaiming how their lives opened up in the most unexpected and delightful ways. Start by doing a ten-minute writing exercise where you answer the question:

If I didn’t keep stuffing my feelings with food I would….

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:35:51 PM | 14 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, MAY 21, 2009

3 Essential Things to Remember If You’re Trying to Lose Weight

By now most of you know that our main belief system here at Shrink Yourself is that the majority of overeating is a result of emotional eating—using food to cope with feelings. Therefore, when you learn to address your feelings (as we teach you to do) your desire for food naturally diminishes. However, since the body is an integrated system in which your physical health can affect your emotional health, and your emotional health can affect your physical health, weight loss must be approached from many angles. If you really have worked on your emotional eating and you’re still not getting the results you want there might be something physiological going on. Consider the things below:
[more]
1. Food: What Kind of Food Are You Eating?

Hippocrates said, “Let your food be your medicine.” I often find it funny that most doctors will ask if you’re taking any medications on a regular basis but they won’t inquire into what you’re eating or drinking. Obviously, food affects your physical health but it also affects your emotional health. If you’re consuming a lot of caffeine, you might feel anxious or have trouble sleeping. If you’re consuming a lot of sugar or simple carbohydrates you could have a sudden surge of energy followed by a crash or bout of brain fog. Also, if you’re low in serotonin you may crave sugar and/or simple carbohydrates because of the quick jolt of serotonin they give you.

Food allergies or sensitivities can also make digestion difficult and that can have you hold on to extra weight. These days allergies to wheat, soy, dairy and corn are very common.

Don’t just pay attention to how much you’re eating but also remember to focus on the quality of your food and how particular foods affect your levels of exhaustion, your ability to fall asleep and stay asleep, your mood, and your focus. Sometimes eliminating certain foods as an experiment can be really illuminating.

2. Vitamins, Minerals & Hormones : Are you Deficient In Any of Them?

People who don’t get adequate vitamins and minerals can have a hard time losing weight.
This week one of our members reported that after discovering she was deficient in Vitamin D (55% of obese people are deficient in Vitamin D), her doctor prescribed the amount she needed and she immediately started to lose weight. Not only that but her depression lifted and she was finally able to get adequate rest.

Omega 3 & 6 fatty acids can help you lose weight, too. The addition of good fats (for instance a fish oil supplement – I recommend Nordic Naturals brand which doesn’t repeat at all) like salmon, avocado, flax meal, and olive oil can help you to metabolize fat more efficiently

Hormones affect your weight as well. If you’re eating well and exercising and you still haven’t lost weight you might want to consider having your hormone levels checked. Thyroid levels (always ask to have your thyroid antibodies checked in addition to T3, T4 and TSH levels) and cortisol levels should be monitored. If you have hypothyroidism and take thyroid supplements pay particular attention to your cortisol levels. Supplemental thyroid hormone is like the gas in your car and cortisol is like the gas pedal. If you’re taking thyroid supplement yet don’t have enough cortisol in your body, it’s like having enough gas in your tank but not having any way to get it into your engine.

3. Stress: Do you Know How to Relax, Restore and Rejuvenate Your Body?

Human beings are physiologically equipped with a complex system for dealing with stress. Our adrenal glands control our fight or flight instinct. Animals in the wild, when exposed to stress, know how to shake off their experiences and return to a neutral state. We don’t know how to do this nearly as well. Our bodies can’t really tell the difference between the stress of being chased by a lion in the jungle and being cut off by a fellow driver on the freeway.

In modern day society we’re faced with constant stressors and never given the chance to restore ourselves. Traffic. Sirens. Loud noises. Tragedy on the news. Deadlines. Multi-tasking. Sleep Deprivation. Screaming children.

Prolonged exposure to stress can affect many of your body’s systems and inhibit your ability to lose weight. Learn how to relax. Shut your body down. Get enough rest. Find some quiet. By learning how to relax, your body can restore itself and it will be better equipped to digest food and metabolize fat.


Remember, it’s essential to look at how you might be using food to cope with feelings. But some of the foods you’re eating can be creating bad feelings, too. Always approach health and wellness from both physical and emotional angles.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 6:25:06 PM | 12 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, MAY 13, 2009

How Long Do I Have to Wait to See Change?

Diets that promise results in thirty days usually get a lot of attention. They appeal to the part of us that wants instant gratification. We want results and we want them now. The problem with change is that it doesn’t ever happen fast enough for our liking. And we get frustrated and defeated. Real change takes time and therefore a whole lot of patience.

If you’re doing everything you can to address your health; eating well, exercising regularly and dealing with your emotional well being how do you keep pressing on even when you’re not getting results as quickly as you’d like? Here are a few suggestions to help you keep on, keeping on.
[more]
DON’T COMPARE YOURSELF TO OTHERS

We all change at different rates. And what it takes for each of us to change is unique. There is an expression that says, “compare and despair.” In other words, when you look at your life, body, or rate of change compared to someone else's you could be setting yourself up for disappointment. It’s unavoidable to compare ourselves to other people but we can decide how much focus we want to put on those comparisons.

KEEP YOUR EYE ON YOUR SUCCESSES

You don’t only succeed when you reach your goal weight or have a certain amount of muscle tone. But we can fool ourselves into believing that arriving is the only mark of success. You actually succeed in little ways every day. And the more you see these little successes, the easier it is to stay on the right path. You succeed when you avoid a certain food or eat less than you normally would. You succeed when you walk for an extra five minutes. And when it comes to emotional eating, you succeed every time you face a feeling instead of numbing it with food.

ACCEPTANCE

Finally, acceptance is an important quality to cultivate in this whole process. If you can accept yourself where you’re at, for better or for worse, it’s easier to keep going. You are your own person, with your own path to success. The more you stay with yourself, in the exact place you are, the better it will be.

Even when you’re not seeing change as quickly as you might like, you’re still changing in little ways every day. And those tiny changes, if you stick with them, will create the results you’re looking for in the long run. It’s not about arriving any way, it’s about having each day be governed by awareness, powerful choices and bold actions. When you change what you do, over time who you are changes, too. If you watch the leaves in Spring on a continuous slow motion camera, you’ll see all the micro adjustments that have to happen for a bud to sprout, and then for that bud to turn into a blossom, and then for that blossom to turn into a leaf. Sometimes, you forget to notice and it seems as though the leaves have emerged overnight. The transformation you’re undergoing might happen in tiny steps too but the results will be equally beautiful.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 12:56:54 PM | 8 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, MAY 06, 2009

Overeating: How to Avoid Falling Off the Wagon

Overeating is as commonplace as drinking bottled water. Portions are bigger in restaurants. We eat out all the time. Fattening foods are synonymous with good times. And it’s acceptable to bring a snack almost anywhere you go. We could potentially be eating almost all of the time if we’re not careful. Cutting back can feel impossible in a world where food is so readily accessible. How do you reign yourself in when it can be so easy to spiral out?
[more]
First of all we need balance. Let’s think of a balance or scale. It’s never fixed and steady. A true balance (like one used to measure food or a doctor’s scale) is always tipping back and forth slightly. Our weight and how we manage food is the same. We always need to make tiny adjustments. The first way we can do this is with an actual scale.

The Scale (and how to use it)
Many of us come to fear the scale because we don’t like what it tells us or because it’s too easy to get obsessed with it. One member told me that she would jump on and off the scale, sometimes multiple times an hour. Obviously that’s just too much but the scale can actually be a useful tool.

Numbers don't have to be something to be afraid of. For example, when you drive the car it would be dangerous to look at the speedometer the whole time you're driving because you need your eyes on the road. But it's important to have it there because every once in awhile you need an accurate read on how fast you're really going. This can also apply to a food scale that lets you know how much of a portion you're actually eating since normal sized portions have started to look small to our eyes.

I can gain weight very quickly. I don't weigh myself often mostly because I don't have a scale but I’m starting to see that it’s a good idea for me to get on once a week or once every two weeks so that I don't have a surprise. A surprise can lead to defeat and a case of the “why bothers.” Don't fixate on the scale. Simply use it in moderation as a tool to know where you're at.

The ‘Why Bothers” (and what to do about them)

Once the number on the scale gets too intimidating you can get a case of the “why bothers.” The “why bothers” tell you things like “why bother restricting yourself you’re already fat,” or “why bother eating less when you’re only at this restaurant once in awhile,” or “you’re never going to lose the weight you want so why bother?” Be on guard for a case of the “why bothers.” They can fool you into overeating and sabotage your best intentions. When we get defeated it’s hard to make good choices we eat more and more. Get stronger than this voice by talking back to it. Remind yourself that you do in fact care. When you remember that it’s much easier to make the effort.

Don’t Wait Till Monday (why that’s way too long)

A common mistake that we make to justify overeating is the minute we make a mistake we throw the towel in and tell ourselves “screw it, I’ll start again next Monday.” It doesn’t matter if it’s only Tuesday at the time. We fool ourselves into thinking that we can only eat well if we start in the morning, or on Monday, or on the first of the month or New Year’s. This isn’t true. Think of that scale again and all the tiny adjustments it needs to stay in balance. You are no different. If you overeat at lunch, you can undereat at dinner. If you fall off the wagon on Monday night, you can get back on the wagon Tuesday morning. We learned to be overeaters one food choice at a time. And we’ll learn to eat in balance one food choice at a time, too. Your next meal can be your next opportunity to eat in moderation.

Changing a lifetime pattern isn’t easy but if you keep deeming yourself worthy of bothering, don’t fear using the scale as a helpful tool (or other measure like a certain pair of pants or a string around your waist) and get back on the wagon anytime you fall off, you’ll be well on your way to ending overeating.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:01:07 PM | 11 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, APRIL 29, 2009

Food Addiction & 3 Ways to Recover Your Power

If you’re like me, for years, you might have beaten yourself up believing you didn’t have enough willpower to choose the right foods. However, The End of Overeating, a new book by the former head of the Food and Drug Administration, Dr. David Kessler, explains that certain foods may be choosing you. Anonymous food executives revealed that a particular combination of fat, sugar, and salt makes people crave foods in an uncontrollable way and quite simply you become addicted in much the same way that you can become addicted to nicotine, alcohol, or drugs. When a potato chip advertisement says, ‘no one can eat just one,’ they’re right because they were created with the very intention of you eating as many as possible. Pardon my sarcasm but eating one chip wouldn’t be very good for business, now would it?
[more]
The pleasure seeking parts of the brain get activated by these foods making the mere mention of them trigger an intense craving. Seeing the food on a billboard or commercial sparks those cravings, too. I can relate because years ago I once felt panicked when someone took a fat and sugar laden Krispy Kreme donut away from me (salt is in them too, I just checked the ingredients online). The anticipation of eating the donut already awakened certain neural pathways in my mind and having the fulfillment of the craving denied literally made me crash (and If I remember correctly, maybe even cry). I was physically addicted to the chemical components of the food and I was emotionally addicted to the comfort that the food provided.

Below I copied one question and answer from Dr. Kessler’s interview with The Wall Street Journal. I felt this information was very interesting to those of us who are trying to end our struggles with food addiction and the associated cravings that we face (sometimes over and over again throughout the day). It shows that despite how powerful these foods can be that we do indeed have choices.

WSJ: At times I couldn't decide whether you felt that the overweight were victims or undisciplined. Which is it?

Dr. Kessler: The answer is probably neither. Nobody has explained to people what is going on with them, or given them the tools to cool stimuli. Yes, you are bombarded throughout the day. You respond. And that creates torment for people. But just because we are activated and stimulated doesn't mean that that there aren't things we can do. Yes, their brains are being hijacked. But once we understand what is going on, we can change.

To read the whole interview: http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124084009832659309.html

So, how do we change? Well, the change starts in our mind. To recover your power you need:

AWARENESS
Change always starts with awareness. Is the food you’re eating going to hook you? If it’s processed or has ingredients you don’t understand, chances are it could. Since, I know that many of you have children consider that a lot of the foods that are considered “kid friendly” could be making them into food addicts, too. Things like chicken nuggets, frozen pizza, and chips.

TO CHANGE THE WAY YOU LOOK AT THINGS
Dr. Kessler, who was known for his campaign against the tobacco industry shares that the American people had to change how they viewed smoking before people would quit. Simply knowing that it isn’t healthy wasn’t enough. Smoking had to go from being hip and cool to being unattractive. The same thing needs to happen with food. We need to look at a plate of unhealthy, processed food as something that can hurt us. Then, we need to deem ourselves worthy of the best kind of food for our bodies and minds.

ANOTHER SOURCE OF PLEASURE
We look for comfort in food and then become addicted to that kind of comfort for a reason. The reason is that human beings are creatures that like to avoid pain and to feel good. There’s nothing wrong with this per se. However, we’ve become accustomed to wanting to feel good all the time which isn’t very realistic. We must strike a balance between finding real pleasure beyond just the readily accessible, edible kind and tolerating some degree of discomfort.

With the right information, we can all get unhooked from food. Having all the information helps. I'm looking forward to reading Dr. Kessler's book but I already know that food in its simplest form is the most delicious. You’d be surprised how amazing almost any vegetable, meat or fish can be with just good extra virgin olive oil, good sea salt (Maldon is my favorite) and fresh ground pepper.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:09:38 AM | 7 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, APRIL 21, 2009

3 Ways to Cope with Job Insecurity (Or Any Other Kind of Insecurity)

Nation-wide layoffs are triggering anxiety in many people. The anxiety is understandable but what you do with it is something else. Sartre said, “Freedom is what you do with what’s been done to you.” One option is to turn to food to deal with your anxiety and for many of us emotional eaters that’s what we’re tempted to do. But there are many other options, too. However, we can fail to see that when we’re in a panic. The key to overcoming emotional eating (whether it’s triggered by job insecurity or anything else for that matter) is to determine what other choices you have.
[more]
My grandmother used to say, “Hope for the best, but expect the worst.” If you haven’t been laid off but are worried you might be, take a few actions.

1. Think About Things Realistically

In the Shrink Yourself program we talk a lot about catastrophe predictions. Catastrophe predictions are the way your mind can take a normal feeling like fear or worry and inflate it. When this happens, normal everyday feelings become too terrible to tolerate and the overwhelming pain of the emotion makes you seek out the comfort of food. When it comes to something as important as your job and the financial security of you and your family, one can understand why you would be scared. But making the fear bigger than it needs to be won’t make it better. If you find yourself getting too anxious, think things through. Is there a realistic threat to your job? If not, then keep on doing a great job and if there is an actual threat, keep reading.

2. Make a Plan

If you answered, “Yes” to the question of whether your job is in jeopardy, then get out a pen and paper and make a plan. Sometimes facing your worst-case scenario is the best answer. If you have a plan in place for what you’ll do if the worst actually happens, then you don’t have to be nearly as afraid. This might include reviewing your financial portfolio, getting your resume re-written, meeting with a headhunter or just getting some much needed support. How can you personally plan ahead?

3. Let it Go

Sometimes the best thing you can do is surrender. You’ve done everything that you can possibly do to insure your job security. You’ve made preparations for what you’d do if you lost your job. And yet you’re still feeling anxious, then find a way to let it go. Look for ways to have fun. A little fun can go a long way. Look for ways to have faith and trust that you will find a way no matter what happens. How can you personally surrender?

In Shrink Yourself Dr. Gould says that the number one reason for emotional eating is a false sense of powerlessness. You might actually be powerless to do anything about your job security. You don’t have to be powerless with regard to how you handle it. You can recover your power, plan ahead, and feel prepared for whatever happens.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:18:45 PM | 4 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, APRIL 14, 2009

3 Holes You Might Be Trying to Fill With Food

To fill up with food presupposes that there is an emptiness that longs to be filled. And for many of us there is. Our impulse to fill up with food is an attempt to fill a hole. April is National Emotional Overeating Month. To truly understand emotional overeating one must be willing to bravely look into the abysmal emptiness that so many of us are trying to fill with food, albeit futilely.

When we look at people that are overweight, particularly when that person is us, we can be filled with negative judgments. Amongst all the common stereotypes about overweight people we overlook that an overweight person is likely a person in pain. If we can remember that, we are more likely to approach the issue of weight, for ourselves and others, from a place of curiosity, care, and compassion.
[more]
So, What’s This Hole We’re Trying to Fill With Food?

Sure, we all have a literal hole in us. There is space in our stomachs that food can fill up. But the hole that many of us seek to fill with food can’t be filled no matter how much we stuff in. The hole that we try to fill with food can be:

A VOID
Does your life lack meaning? Do you wonder what your purpose is? Do you go about the tasks of your everyday life wondering what they’re for and what difference they’re actually going to make in the world at large? If so, your hole could be a void. You could be longing to imbue your life with more meaning and mindfulness. Food can’t fill this kind of void. What can fill this kind of void is finding a cause to help with, a craft to be passionate about, or a spiritual practice.

A LOSS
Have you experienced the loss of a loved one? A break-up? A divorce? Has someone in your life lost some part of their functioning to illness or injury? Have you been laid off from a job? If so, your hole could be a loss. You could be missing someone or something. Food can’t quell this longing. It can fill you up momentarily. It can numb you out. But food only delays the necessary work of grieving and getting back to living. Loss is undeniably painful but when you eat you actually prevent yourself from doing the things that would actually be healing. Taking actions like re-membering (putting yourself back together), reaching out for help, and surrendering to the process can all offer real soothing.

A LONELINESS
Do you feel lonely even when in the company of others? Do you long for a connection but aren’t quite sure how to bridge the gap? Do you spend way too much time alone, in hiding, or isolating? If so, your hole could be loneliness. I’m sure you guessed that food can’t help this kind of hole either, but here are some things that can: first, find ways to connect to yourself through prayer, art, spirituality, beauty or nature and then look for ways to fill your life with quality people that make you feel seen, known, loved, and understood.

Part of being alive is tolerating the discomfort of that gnawing, aching emptiness inside ourselves. But on our journey towards recovering from Emotional Overeating, we must always remember that no matter how satisfying it might seem to actually fill that hole inside with something, we deny ourselves of the feeling of real fullness by accepting the quick fix of food.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:46:18 PM | 17 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, APRIL 07, 2009

How the Recession Affects Overeating

We are currently experiencing the greatest recession in the past sixty years. There’s no doubt that it affects many aspects of our lives. But do you realize how it affects your overeating, binging, and emotional eating?

There are both positive and negative ways the recession might be affecting what you eat. Let’s take a look at all sides:
[more]
PEOPLE ARE EATING OUT LESS
This is one way that the recession could affect your eating in a positive way. Having less access to disposable income is contributing to people frequenting restaurants much less. When you eat out it’s difficult to know exactly how much fat, sodium, and sugar are in your meal. Portions tend to be larger than what you might eat at home. There is more alcohol, more bread, and more dessert consumed. By eating at home, not only will you save money but you can more closely monitor what you’re eating. One thing to be aware of is that when you’re in the red it can be very tempting to fill up on inexpensive fast food. McDonald’s is advertising their $3 meal deal. Now, more than ever, it’s important to fill your body with food that will be grounding and nutritive so that you can face these trying times with a clear mind.

PEOPLE ARE WORRIED
Emotional eaters are known for catastrophizing. What this means is that your mind has a tendency to imagine the worst case scenario. It means that everyday concerns become huge worries that keep you up at night. When fears become overly inflated it’s more likely that you’ll need to be soothed. And if food is the thing that calms you, your worries about money, job security, and retirement could make you crave food more and more. To combat this, write out a list of your fears. Then, give them a reality check asking yourself how likely it is that your fears will become reality. Finally, create a game plan for what you would do if those fears came true. Are there ways that you can plan ahead to protect yourself from the worst possible outcome?

PEOPLE ARE IN CRISIS
If you’ve been laid off, lost some of your investments or retirement money, or have a spouse who has experienced a cut in some way, you could currently be in a state of crisis. The stress you’re feeling is legitimate. It’s understandable that you would need an escape right now. But you’ll have to ask yourself if food is the best form of escape to reach for. How can you and your family experience escape that doesn’t make you feel bad? Find activities that are free: concerts, nature walks, DVDs from your local library.

A member wrote to us this week and said that she often chose the relief of food because it worked even if the positive effect was only for a few hours. However, she finally realized that feeling better by eating didn’t affect the problem at hand in a direct way. In fact, it just postponed getting on with the business of improving her circumstances. If the stress of these financial times is sending you in search of food, stop and think things through. How is eating ultimately going to help with what you’re handling? Remember that overeating is often a sign of powerlessness and defeat. When you think there’s no way that you can positively change your circumstances you might conclude, Why not at least give myself a few moments of pleasure by eating this treat? However, eating reinforces your belief that you’re powerless. It leaves you defenseless in these times when you need to be cultivating your sharpest mind, your most effective self, and your most creative thinking. Put the food down and play a game. Put the food down and think of a new way to generate income. Put the food down and plan ahead. We are all faced with more challenges than ever these days. But that also means we have the opportunity to rise to the challenges that face us.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 4:06:08 PM | 4 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, MARCH 31, 2009

To Lose Weight You Need a Team: Who’s on Yours?

They say that cigarettes are a harder habit to kick than heroin or cocaine. Someone was quick to tell me that the only thing harder than any of those to quit is food. First of all quitting food entirely would result in sudden death (okay, not so sudden, but inevitable death). Besides that, food is everywhere. For many of us it’s our first addiction. From that first sip of sweet milk (or formula in my case) we get hooked. You can’t escape food and overindulging is so commonly accepted. An alcoholic can avoid bars and choose to have a dry household. A gambler can avoid Vegas. But everyone needs to eat at some point. If you are going to quit any substance, but especially food, there are a few things you need but one that is essential? Read more to find out what that critical component is.
[more]
Last week my friend Pat began to quit smoking. He did it cold turkey. No patch. No gum. No nicotine sucking candies. I can attest to the fact that it was not easy for him. He is humble enough to say that two weeks without a cigarette is not enough to be able to say he has quit. "I'm not out of the water yet." He said. But there were some things I observed that helped him get through the hard parts (and there have been many) and these same things can help you through your worst cravings for food.

1. READINESS – Pat thought carefully about when he should quit. He wasn’t going to do it right before the fantasy baseball draft, or when he had to watch a neighbor’s kid, or when he had any other potentially stressful occasion. He picked a time when he knew he would be ready. Readiness is often the biggest part of committing to stopping a behavior we don’t want to continue. One of the reasons that so many of us fail at anything from stopping an emotional eating pattern, to smoking, to leaving an unsatisfying relationship is because we’re not actually ready. If we’re not ready, it might be better to admit that to ourselves (and maybe even to others, too) and just wait.

2. EXERCISE - Pat quit smoking but started exercising. Don’t underestimate the benefit of getting a little extra oxygen in your body. It clears your mind. It helps you sleep better. And it lowers your stress level. This doesn’t have to be anything major—a simple walk after dinner or on your lunch hour can make a huge difference.

3. SUPPORT – This is the last and most critical component of stopping an unwanted behavior. Ask yourself who is on your team. Is there anyone in your life with whom you can honestly share your struggles with food? Not just the fact that you want to lose some weight and that it’s hard, but rather that you depend on food for comfort. When Pat had a craving, he paced, he groaned, and he wrung his hands. I stayed with him. It didn’t require any magic words but he said just having someone around reminding him how far he had already come, was so helpful. This made me think of times when I have worked as a doula (a labor coach for pregnant women). It wasn’t too different from being with Pat or any of the people that I have helped with emotional eating. Just staying with a woman through a contraction is enough to get her through. Who reminds you of how far you’ve come? Who is on your team?

Someone might quit something cold turkey. But no one who changes an addictive or compulsive behavior does it alone. Whether you choose to do it with a therapist, a program, a counselor, a friend or a higher power, you need help. We all do. I know that some of the people who succeed the most at our program use our message boards and forums where they can find like-minded people who will understand their struggles and readily offer support. I’ve been so inspired by the ways in which I have seen people support one another there. Who can you depend on? Who can you be honest with? Vulnerable with? And open with in the midst of your worst cravings? Asking for help can be humbling, but it is certainly a sign of strength.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:01:42 PM | 14 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, MARCH 25, 2009

Become the Master of Your Emotions in Three Easy Steps

One of the reasons that feelings can be so uncomfortable is because you don’t know how long they’re going to last for. This element of the unknown can make them unbearable. But there are ways to become the master of your feelings rather than your feelings’ slave:
[more]
Feelings are temporary. Someone told me today that feelings have a very short shelf life. Yet we react to them as though the feeling is sticking around for good. We overeat or binge because we can’t possibly imagine that the discomfort that we’re feeling (whether it’s loneliness, anxiety, depression, or boredom) will go away any time soon. And eating is just one of the ways that we do this. We yell and rage as soon as we get angry. We buy something as soon as we see it in a store window. We cut off a friend or loved one because we don’t like something minor that they’ve done and can’t possibly imagine that the feeling will ever go away.

What would happen if we sat with feelings before reacting to them? How long do you think they would last? Do you really believe that they would last forever?

One goal in life (particularly in adulthood) is to master our emotions. Emotions are no different than weather. They storm through us, they warm us, and they shake the earth beneath us. In order to weather the storm of these emotions we need to get through them without acting rashly upon them. When you are faced with intense emotions what can you possibly do? Well, there are three choices:

1. WAIT

Sometimes it’s best to take some time without doing anything. This doesn’t mean you should stuff an emotion. It just means taking a little bit of time to fully understand what you’re feeling and why and what you might want to do with that feeling. You might discover that the intense emotion you are feeling actually has a short shelf life and when left alone it simply disappears.

2. OBSERVE

Of course, we can observe our own feelings. Watch them like clouds passing over the sky. But this tool can be very helpful in the face of other people’s feelings. The only thing as hard as weathering our own intense emotions is witnessing other people weathering theirs. The reality is that other people’s displays of feelings can be very frightening to us. It can conjure up the impotent feeling from childhood when perhaps our parents were full of rage or were stuck in a frozen depression. For many of us, our tendency is to defend ourselves, retreat, or try to fix it. What if we didn’t do any of that? What if we simply stayed present and observed what the other person was experiencing? What if we didn’t take it personally? Then, perhaps, we could see through the way someone is saying something and potentially really hear what they are actually saying.

3. COMMUNICATE

If you’ve waited to see what happens to your emotion and the particular feeling you’re having has a longer shelf life than a can of spam, then perhaps it’s time to communicate your feelings to another person; a friend that will hear you out, the person that is affecting you, or a therapist that will guide you toward determining what actions to take.

Many feelings have to be fed to perpetuate themselves. Feelings like resentment, jealousy, and self-pity. Ironically, it’s these feelings that we end up feeding with food. By using this three-step process of wait, observe, and communicate we can use our feelings to help us navigate through life and life’s decisions. If we mute their intensity by eating we miss out on important messages that can positively alter our future in so many ways.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:46:26 PM | 23 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, MARCH 17, 2009

Never Diet Again

What would life look like if you never dieted again? Again and again it seems that all signs point to the fact that diets do more harm than good. If you’ve been on countless diets in the past, don’t fret over lost time, just consider a new way for tomorrow. Susie Orbach, writer and psychotherapist on women's psychology from England, talks a lot about the futility of dieting. Orbach’s books include Fat is a Feminist Issue, On Eating and most recently Bodies. Bodies discusses the fact that we tend to link so much of our happiness on the state of physical forms. As if a change in our corporeal state, whether through weight loss or plastic surgery, would alter our outlook and ultimate happiness. Sure, who doesn’t like to look good? But what happens when looking good consumes all of your thinking? How is there time for anything else?
[more]
I never thought about my weight or body much until I was nine and attempted to fulfill my childhood dream of acting. An agent wanted to sign me and he mentioned that I would have to lose ten pounds. I wasn’t that skinny square-hipped kind of little girl but I wasn't fat either. I was more akin to the awkward barrel-bodied Abigail Breslin in Little Miss Sunshine. The next day I starved myself, refusing all food until four o’clock when I couldn’t resist two Oreos. I can remember all of the details vividly even though that day was almost thirty years ago. The look on the agent’s face, the fluorescent lighting in the room and sitting in the afternoon sun the next day with my cookies. Before that day, I had never thought too much about my body. Most of my time and thoughts went to reading and thinking and dreaming and school. If we weren’t so worried about our weight and what we’re going to eat, what might we have time for? I might have practiced monologues and developed my acting more. How about you? Would you have time to paint? To read? To laugh with your kids or spouse? To write? To dance? To garden? To play sports?

In the New York Times Magazine printed on March 8, 2009 Deborah Solomon interviewed Ms. Orbach who said, “Fat Is a Feminist Issue (her first book), was in part a plea to give up dieting and learn to recognize hunger and appetite and respond to them. Dieting, I argued, caused compulsive eating and destabilizes our relationship to food. 
If you continually diet, you are putting your body in a quasi-famine situation. It slows your metabolism down and breaks the thermostat. Diets don’t work. They don’t help you understand why you’re eating more than your body wanted in the first place.”

This last part is the part that is the most interesting to emotional eaters and is at the core of Dr. Gould’s teachings which is that the focus must always be, not on what you eat, but rather on why you’re eating more than your body needs. The answer to this question isn’t always easy to figure out. Why do we eat more than we need? Well, we eat more than we need because we’re lonely. Tired. Angry. Upset. Frustrated. Overwhelmed. Annoyed. Need an escape. Want to numb out. Don’t want to be told what to do. The reasons are as varied and unique as all of us are. If not dieting, then what? There is an answer. It’s to boldly ask yourself how do I want to spend my time? How do I stop channeling my energy into obsessive thoughts about food and think about something else? Why do I eat more than what I need and how can I love myself enough to stop?

These are not easy questions to ask. But with help and support you can answer these questions. Another interesting fact about Susie Orbach is that she was the co-originator of the Dove Real Beauty campaign. I was so excited the first time I saw those ads. Beautiful women with real bodies on the glossy pages of a magazine. You see, you are already beautiful no matter what your body looks like. When you bring the focus back to your passions, your dreams, your goals, your interests and your talents you have so much less time to think about food. Your life gets richer and more satisfying and weight loss (without dieting) is just an added bonus because you're no longer eating more than you need.

Use the comments below to share what your life would be like if you never dieted again? If you didn't spend so much time thinking about food, what might you think about?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:51:13 PM | 18 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, MARCH 10, 2009

The Pause Before the Purchase

In a recent interview that Dr. Gould had with a British magazine reporter she had an “a-ha-moment.” She realized a fundamental difference between the ways in which people have always tried to lose weight and The Shrink Yourself Method. She said, “We have been taught to divert our attention when we are hungry as the way to control through will power but you are saying instead to divert for a little while in order to create a pause, an interruption, time to think about why I am hungry. That is a big difference.” This Powerful Pause is your essential tool to avoid mindless eating and be the one in charge of the food choices you make. But there is a place where you need this pause even more than when you’re about to put the wrong foods in your mouth. You need this pause at the grocery store or any place you buy your food. If you’re the type of person who buys tempting foods hoping you’ll have the willpower to avoid eating them keep reading.
[more]
Another aspect of The Powerful Pause is THE PAUSE BEFORE THE PURCHASE. Many of us make excuses for why we buy unhealthy things. Excuses like:

• I need to have sweets in the house for the children or grandchildren.
• My husband wants those foods around.
• I’ll eat them in moderation.
• I need them for guests.
• It was on sale.

Sometimes, the best solution to avoiding binges and overeating is to simply avoid keeping certain foods in the house. It’s just too tempting. When you’re in the store, pause and have a conversation with yourself. If you know it’s going to be too hard to avoid the temptation don’t buy it. It just sets you up for stress and failure. All of the excuses given above aren’t worth it. Children and grandchildren are probably better off without the treats too (not to mention husbands). You can ask guests to bring dessert or make something low calorie and healthy (like baked apples with low-fat frozen yogurt). There are always creative solutions. If your success is your priority then pause before you make a purchase and set yourself up to win.


POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 6:51:41 PM | 15 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, MARCH 04, 2009

New Study Says “Weight Loss Boils Down to Calories” (Don’t Be So Sure That's All You Need)

Are you puzzled by all the diet options that are out there? Is there any right one? Any magic answer? Is low-carb or high-protein or low-fat the way to go? A New England Journal of Medicine study finally answers these questions.
[more]
In The Los Angeles Times (February 26, 2009) there was an article reporting on the results of a New England Journal of Medicine study. It revealed that two decades after the debate began about which diet is most effective, the only thing that really matters is the amount of calories you eat. “and the winner is…not low-carb, not, low-fat, not high protein but…any diet. That is, any diet that is low in calories and saturated fats and high in whole grains, fruits and vegetables—and that an individual can stick with for a lifetime—is a reasonable choice for people who need to lose weight.”

In essence the character who runs a weight-loss class on Little Britain, the acclaimed BBC Comedy Show, had it right when she suggests that you should just eat all the same foods you eat now but just cut them in half which would ostensibly reduce your current caloric intake by fifty-percent.

From this study there are a few important things to note:

1. EAT A DIET LOW IN CALORIES & SATURATED FAT

Most people know this. The best diet to eat is one that’s low in calories and saturated fat (cheese, meat, processed and fast food) and high in whole grains (brown rice, quinoa, buckwheat, amaranth), fruits and vegetables. This isn’t new information.

2. [A Diet] AN INDIVIDUAL CAN STICK WITH FOR A LIFETIME

Less people know this information. Unfortunately, many of us have the incorrect (but very common) mind set that we can stick to a sensible eating plan until we lose the weight and then we can go right back to eating whatever we want. It doesn’t work this way. I can’t tell you how many people (including myself) reward weight loss with food. I hear things like this all the time. “I just weighed in today and lost two pounds so I’m going out for a sundae.” If you work hard and lose weight you deserve a reward, just don’t let it be food. Whatever low-calorie eating plan you choose must be one you are willing to stick to for life. A diet may take weight off but a change in lifestyle can keep it off for good.

3. MANAGE YOUR EMOTIONS

On the second page of the article was the part that I found the most interesting. In a two-line paragraph was the following information: “There may be a strong behavioral effect is the success of a diet, however. The people who attended two-thirds or more of the counseling sessions over the two years (of the study) lost an average of 22 pounds compared with the average loss of 9 pounds.” That means that the people that were dealing with their emotions lost two and a half times more weight than those that were simply following a diet. This information was minimized and made simple to overlook in the article but is really the most important part. When you face your feelings and develop awareness you can lose more weight and keep it off longer. This is why the Shrink Yourself program is the missing component to any diet you’re trying. It gives you the benefits of counseling for a fraction of the cost.

Don’t worry so much about finding the perfect foods to eat (or course, certain foods are better for your health than others) but rather cut down the quantity of the foods you already love. More importantly, however, keep asking questions. Keep facing yourself. And keep cultivating an awareness that you are more powerful than your cravings. That you can effect positive change in your weight and your life. And that do have other options besides eating.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 4:13:41 PM | 16 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 24, 2009

Come Clean From Sugar Addiction

Last year I mentioned a study that said sugar was more addictive than cocaine to rats. Judging from humans, we’re not too different. I would bet there are plenty more of us that are addicted to sugar than to cocaine. If sugar is the thing that calls to you in the night, disrupts your good intentions and makes you feel powerless keep reading.
[more]
Many of you have been writing in that sugar is the hardest thing you struggle with. I thought that warranted writing a blog about it. It’s no wonder that sugar is such a struggle because it is highly addictive. The more you eat, the more you want. And the fact is that we eat more of it than ever. It’s in everything (meat marinades, French Fries, crackers, bread, peanut butter). The average American eats 156 pounds of sugar a year. That’s almost half a pound a day. Measure out a half a pound of sugar and look at it. It’s a lot. And if you’re not cooking your food, you can never be sure how much sugar you’re really getting. The reason sugar is a habit so hard to kick is because there’s a physical and an emotional component.

The physical lure is that it gives you a sudden surge of energy. A jolt that your mind quickly associates with feeling good but your mind forgets that it also comes with a crash (not to mention added pounds and a whole host of other health problems). Your body can become like the plant in Little Shop of Horrors violently demanding that you feed it sugar the way Audrey 2 demanded blood.

The emotional lure is that sugar conjures up feelings of celebration, sweetness and reward. And depriving ourselves of it seems to make us feel like we’re being harshly deprived. A kind of deprivation that almost forces us to rebel and eat it anyway.

The powerful combination of physical and emotional enticement make sugar the hardest food to let go of. If you’ve ever been hooked on sugar I’m sure you’ll agree. However, when you give up sugar (after a couple of difficult weeks) you’ll find that the cravings go away. And this can be so liberating. I sometimes recommend that people give this a try. Giving up sugar gives you the opportunity to remove the physical addiction so you can just focus on the emotional one. I’m not suggesting that you never have sugar again. People should eat a piece of birthday cake but you’re bound to feel more in control if you’re the one who is choosing when and how much sweets to eat as opposed to being a slave to a body that’s addicted to sugar.

One thing to keep in mind is that you can’t just quit. Here are some things that I’ve found have made it easy in the past.

• Eat enough quality protein (fish, tofu, plain yogurt, lean meats)
• Incorporate a green powder into your diet (spirulina, pure synergy http://www.evolutionhealth.com/pure-synergy/puresynergy-ingredients.html or pro-greens)
• Eat good quality fats (olive oil, flax meal, cod liver oil, avocado, raw almonds)
• Satisfy the craving for sweet creatively (a cup of licorice tea or hot almond milk)
• Don’t use sugar substitutes (they keep you craving the flavor of sweetness)
• Savor natural sweetness (a roasted sweet potato, a perfectly ripe apple, a dried fig)
• Eat burdock (burdock naturally balances your glycemic levels)
• Eat quinoa once a day (it’s a gluten free high protein whole grain)
• Incorporate more non-food sweetness in your life (affection, play, laughter, charity)

I would never ask you to do anything that I wouldn’t do myself. So, to be in solidarity with all of you I’m going to give up sugar for the next forty days. One of our members says that when she looks at a dessert table these days she says to herself, “I am not a woman who eats brownies. I will not betray myself with this kind of food.” Come back here to talk about the panic that just the idea of giving up sugar can ignite (I’ve already started to think about any potential upcoming events where I’ll want to eat sugar) and how we feel along the way. If you choose to join in, don’t be a perfectionist about it. If you fall off the wagon, just come back here, write a comment and recommit. Once you go through a period like this it will be far easier to eat sweets once or twice a week in moderation. A different kind of sweetness awaits you. I can’t wait to hear what it is.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:11:31 PM | 61 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 2009

Overcoming Emotional Eating: A Success Story

Overcoming emotional eating has a different looking success story than dieting. Sure, weight loss happens in both. But in dieting, weight loss is often the goal, the brass ring, the final destination. When you overcome emotional eating, a better life is the goal—a life where food is not an obsession, where you are the one in control, and where you know what your needs are and how to get them met. Weight loss is just a great side effect. To illustrate this point, I’d like to share a success story of one of our members.
[more]
A member named Louise reported that she found herself eating uncontrollably almost every afternoon. This had been going on for four years. She just couldn’t stop. After inquiring into what might be going on for her she began to put the pieces together. Two years ago her husband died and he was sick for two years before that. The afternoon had been the time of day when he used to come home from work and they would share the details of their day during a walk. When he got sick, this walk stopped happening and the afternoon was now the time of day when Louise would leave the hospital to go home and take care of dinner for the children. What Louise realized is that she was eating to stave off her feelings of grief. She didn’t want to feel anything so she ate to fill the emptiness of losing her husband. Finally, she resolved to stop running away from the grief and to face it instead.

When the next afternoon arrived along with the usual cravings for food, she felt the sadness well up inside her. Instead of pushing it away, she said to herself in a loving voice, “Yes, honey. Of course, you’re sad.” As she gave herself permission to feel something interesting happened—the craving lessened. The next day she did the same thing. The third day she left the house in the afternoon for a walk and allowed herself to feel the sadness with each step she took. After a couple of weeks her afternoon binges had stopped and she was back to walking every day. She wasn’t elated, she was appropriately grieving but she wasn’t overeating on top of it all. You see, food never makes anything better. It just gives us guilt and extra weight on top of our existing problems. When we allow ourselves to believe that food is our only option, then each bite we take confirms our feelings of defeat and powerlessness. While each time we face a feeling we get stronger.

When you find yourself eating during stressful or painful times try one of the following options:

• Practice talking to yourself in a loving voice.
• Surrender to the feeling.
• Be proactive and take an action.

In the words of playwright August Wilson, “As my spirit got bigger, my demons got smaller.” Look for ways to improve your life, face your feelings and be kinder to yourself and weight loss will just be a side effect.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:13:13 AM | 15 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 2009

Be the Master of Your Emotions & Eat Less

Beyond “stop crying” and “calm down” many of us don’t really get much direction in life for how to handle our emotions. It’s no wonder then that when storms of feelings that we don’t like or understand blow through our bodies, we get scared and want to escape (into food or something else). If we can barely deal with the simple primary color feelings like happy, sad and angry then how can we expect to cope with so many of these more nuanced and complex emotions? Feelings like rage or shame or resentment or jealousy or loneliness or abandonment can be terrifying.

Here are a few suggestions for becoming the master of your emotions:
[more]
• THINK OF FEELINGS LIKE YOU THINK OF WEATHER

When I was a kid there was a book I loved called Cloudy With a Chance of Meatballs. It was about a city where all of the food came from the sky. It didn’t rain, rain or snow, snow. It rained things like soup and snowed mashed potatoes. The residents of Chew And Swallow as the town was called didn’t necessarily like the weather but they learned to deal with it. And people that live with extreme weather conditions figure out the right things they need to wear to stay warm or cool. Same thing with feelings. What do you need when a storm of sadness is passing through? What do you need to really savor the warmth of a day of celebration? What do you need to stay grounded when the winds of confusion or frustration are blowing you off your center?

• HAVE A FEELINGS BOX

Keep a Ziploc bag or a pretty pouch for each of your troublesome feelings. What if you had a bag for ANXIETY. In the bag you could keep little pieces of paper with numbers of friends who make you feel better, poems that soothe you, pictures of places that evoke a memory of calm, suggestions of things to do. Whenever you felt anxious you might close your eyes and pull something from your bag and just do what it says. You could fill this bag with things that worked to comfort you in the past or things you’d like to try in the future.

• FEELINGS DO PASS

Again, like weather, feelings pass. If we can remember that then we don’t always need an escape because the escape will come with time. Then, the question becomes how can we get through the uncomfortable feeling? How can we survive, endure, learn something until it passes? Will prayer or meditation help? Will laughing with friends help? Will solitude help?

In some ways we are all machines, like computers or cars. When we understand what makes each of us tick AND malfunction then we have a better chance of our machine running efficiently. That doesn’t mean that we will never be blindsided by an unbearable disappointment or loss. It doesn’t mean we will always get it right. But when we understand our feelings and what we need to get through them, then we don’t have to fear them nearly as much. We can face them head on. We can use them to guide us to our next right step. And we can avoid food by being willing to feel life fully.

What do you need to face the feelings that scare you the most?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:23:28 PM | 19 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 04, 2009

Human Relationships Make Us Eat (But They Don't Have To)

This weekend is Valentine’s Day and for as much as all of us associate it with romance, it’s really a day about love, longing and human relationship. And for many of us emotional eaters, nothing makes us overeat or binge more than stress in our relationships. How can we handle the people in our lives in a more empowered way so that we turn to food a lot less?
[more]
In a lecture with writer and Buddhist Lindsay Crouse, she asked the question, “What if everyone around you was enlightened and was there to teach you something?” Even if these lessons came with feelings of frustration, disappointment and resentment, there could still be something to be learned from almost anyone in our life. I tried to personally think about this question this past week. My son who takes two hours to do ten minutes of homework is teaching me to be more patient. My father who asked to come and stay with me from out of town for two weeks is teaching me to know my own limits and boundaries and have the courage to express them. A friend who has been generous with me is teaching me how to receive from others. What can you learn from the people around you? How can the lessons that they teach you every day make you stronger, or more compassionate, or more honest?

Similar to the ways that the people around us can hold the keys to our own growth and self-knowledge, our cravings for food each contain hidden secrets. We can actually come to view our cravings as red flags from our hearts and minds that clue us into the fact that there is something emotional going on for us; an unmet need, a wound, a place that longs to be seen or understood. When you simply feed the craving with food, you never wait long enough to hear the secret. What can you learn from your cravings? How can the lessons that they teach you make you stronger, more compassionate or more honest?

Holidays often lead to overeating and Valentine’s Day is no different. It’s a double whammy. A day of human relationships, longings and cravings of all kinds. If you asked someone what’s the first thing they think about when they think about February 14th, it might be cupid, or the color red, or chocolate, but I bet hands down for most people they’d picture a heart. A heart is the emblem of human emotion and Valentine’s Day brings up a whole range of feelings. Feelings like love, loneliness, longing, loss. For emotional eaters, these feeling get transformed into hunger and we find ourselves using food for comfort. If you are tempted to overeat or binge on Valentine’s day whether as an escape to get through the day or as a consolation prize for not having the love you want or even to celebrate the love you have then stop and ask yourself a couple of questions. What can I learn from my relationships and my cravings? How can the lessons that they teach me make me stronger, more compassionate or more honest?

Valentine’s Day is a day about love, not food, not sweets. Continuing with our theme this year of self-love as the cure for emotional eating, let it at least be in part, a day when you are kind to yourself, a day when you learn something about yourself that makes your life a little richer, a day when your real cravings get fulfilled instead of simply fed with a Whitman’s Sampler.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:55:42 AM | 16 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 2009

Why Confusion Makes You Eat More Than Many Other Emotions

Most will agree that stress makes people eat. Or grief. Or celebration. Those emotions are easy to identify and associate with overeating. But what about when you've got a big tangled mess of emotions and you suddenly feel crazy and you don't know what you're feeling at all. The market crashed. Your spouse is giving you the cold shoulder. You got into a fight with a co-worker. Your kids are being sassy and unappreciative. The roof leaked rusty water all over your new white couch. The laundry isn't done. And you just want to escape. Gone are the days where you could scream, "Calgon, take me away." Gosh I'm dating myself but I'm sure some of you will remember the bubble bath commercial where the woman is overwhelmed and frustrated and screams that statement only to find herself in a soothing bubble bath. For most of us that kind of magical escape just doesn't happen so when we’re faced with emotions that we don't even understand ourselves, food can seem like and easy way out.
[more]
While food will provide an escape, sitting with the knotted mess of feelings (while uncomfortable) can help you sort things through so you can really see what you're faced with. The market crashing can get thought through to a feeling, perhaps, I'm scared. Or I don't know what I'll do if I don't have enough money. That might be terrifying but it can also give you the chance to make a plan that creates a bit more safety. Your spouse giving you the cold shoulder might make you feel abandoned, lonely and sad. Think it through and you can say, I miss you or hold me or reassure me. When you think things through you might realize that you need some time off from your kids or help with the laundry. The key is that when there's a lot going on it can create so much buzzing in your body that anyone would want the relief of a food coma. That's why it's important to slow down and look, listen and feel.

When you're tempted to overeat because you're overwhelmed and confused here are some suggestions:

*Slow down
*Think things through
*Take each stressful situation and give it a feeling. Then, think of three things you could do to help this situation.
*Wait before acting
*Talk to a friend
*Write it out to get clarity
*Meditate or pray

There is always insight and possibility when you can understand what you're really feeling. Food gives you a momentary escape from the madness but cheats you out of a long-term solution.

If you're like me, you might not always know what you're feeling. The Shrink Yourself program helps you sort things through so you understand yourself and what you really need to feel better. There is so much more at stake than the number on the scale. Understanding how you seek relief from food will help you stop getting full and start getting fulfilled.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:42:27 PM | 11 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 14, 2009

Caretaking and Overeating

One of the most common threads I see amongst overeaters, binge eaters and emotional eaters is that they often exhibit people-pleasing or co-dependent behavior. While there are many varied definitions for these two words the fact is that they are loaded with negative connotations. But the thing that is true about them is that they indicate a tendency to do for others at the cost of one’s self. If you’re a mother, you might be saying, wait isn’t that the definition of a mother, or even a spouse, an employee, a child of elderly or sick parents. Well, sometimes it is. I do things for my son when I would rather be reading a book or watching a movie. We all do. Love does involve sacrifice. However, there is fine line between being a giving person and being taken advantage of or quite simply giving too much.

How can you tell the difference and what does this have to do with overeating?
[more]
Here are some questions to ask yourself.:

• Does your giving leave you feeling empty?
• Do you feel resentful?
• Do you wish that someone would do for you what you do for people?
• Do you feel unappreciated or sucked dry?
• Do you have little time for joy, play or laughter?

If you found yourself saying “yes” to many of those questions, you might not have the skills to take good care of yourself or to make yourself a priority. You might be surrounded by people that take too much. Or you might not know how to set boundaries. Look, as a single mother, I know this can be hard. I listen to hundreds of your stories everyday and I know that you are taking care of parents with dementia, you are doing your best to help children with disabilities and autism and Down’s syndrome, you have spouses that are depressed or selfish, you have children who are alcoholics or drug addicts, you are struggling financially, you are out of work, you are lonely, you are abused, your are in chronic physical pain, and the list goes on. There are so many things that have to get taken care of that it can feel overwhelming to even begin to understand what taking care of ourselves would look like. I will tell you a few ways that you can start to do this. But first I want you to understand how deeply linked caretaking is to overeating.

Here are a few critical things to consider:

• When your life is devoid of joy overeating can feel like the only reward you get for putting up with so much pain and disappointment.
• When you don’t get enough time to yourself, a late night binge can feel like a decadent time where you are only focused on pleasing yourself.
• When you give so much that it leaves you empty, food can feel like it fills you up.
• When your needs aren’t met, food can be one obvious need that you know how to give yourself.
• When you don’t know how to consistently make your health and well-being a priority, you might stick to a sensible eating plan or exercise regime for a little while but will abandon it when someone seems to need something or has a crisis.

I wouldn’t be surprised if you found yourself nodding to many of the things you’re reading. I sometimes get saddened by how much time has passed in my life, my relationships that have suffered and the ways in which I put my own health in jeopardy by “caring” for others. I try my best to forgive myself and accept that I did the best that I could with the information I had at the time. But now, I’m learning new skills. Just like all of you are. My New Year’s blog was about how self-love is the way to losing weight. Today someone sent me a quote from Jenny Craig. It said, “Self-love is the only weight loss aid that works in the long run.” Gosh, you mean she could’ve saved us tons of money on pre-packaged food by just telling us that up front. I say that with both sarcasm and love because it seems so obvious and yet it’s so hard. So, where do we begin?

Here are some small places to start:

• Find some small act that you can do everyday to take care of yourself (one woman told me that she was going to take three really deep breaths whenever she went to the toilet – Yes, it can be as small as that)
• Ask for what you need in a direct way.
• Practice saying “no.” (If this is too hard just practice saying something that buys you a little time to think about it for example, I need to check my calendar or I need to get back to you, etc.)
• Adopt a spiritual practice (meditation, yoga, journaling, gratitude or just being sure to look at the sunset or stars each night).
• Find real sources of love, reward, relaxation and peace that don’t have the added backlash that overeating does.

You are worth all of the care, time and attention that you give others. Overeating is not the way that you please yourself, eating well is the way that you love yourself and make your needs a priority.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 12:28:05 AM | 20 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 07, 2009

3 Steps to Certain Weight Loss

Everyone knows that there are two essential ingredients that you need to lose weight.
Even kids know them. They are:

1. A Sensible Eating Plan and
2. A Regular Exercise Routine

Simple. Right? Wrong. If it were that simple everyone would be the weight that they want to be. If you haven’t succeeded at losing the weight you want yet, it’s not your fault. You haven’t had all the necessary information to succeed. There is a missing step that most people don’t know. The third step to certain weight loss is:
[more]
3. UNDERSTAND EMOTIONAL EATING

As we struggle to overcome obesity, the nation is finally catching on to how important this third step is. Oprah is talking about stress and eating. Dr. Gould was asked to contribute to People magazine where their focus in this year’s Weight Loss Issue was the emotional and psychological hurdles people have had to overcome to finally lose the weight they wanted to lose. It’s time for us to come out of hiding and admit that this is hard to do. It’s time to support one another.

When you understand and can control emotional eating you can succeed at any eating plan and exercise regime you choose. You suddenly have the power to succeed. How do you know if this third step is the thing that has stopped your success? See if you ever hear any of the following statements in your head:

• No one is going to tell me what to eat.
• I deserve this piece of cake, candy, chocolate, whatever.
• I ate so well, I can afford to eat what I want now.
• Food will calm me down.
• I’m so bored that all I can think about is food.
• I want it and I don’t care if I shouldn’t have it.
• I’ve failed so many times, I just don’t believe I will ever lose the weight.
• I know what I should eat but I just can’t do it.
• I can’t stick to an exercise regime.
• I don’t follow through on things.
• I give to everyone, when will someone ever give to me.
• I’m messy or disorganized.
• I feel empty inside.
• I’m constantly filled with fear and worry.
• I’m frustrated.
• I’ll start tomorrow.
• I can’t stand the idea of failing one more time.

If any of these statements resonated with you, getting help with emotional eating will help you finally break the pattern. Don't blame yourself or shame yourself. It’s hard to overcome emotional and psychological hurdles to weight loss alone,especially when you didn't have all the information. So be sure to learn everything you need to know. You can join a support group, enlist the help of your loved ones, read the Shrink Yourself Book or join the Shrink Yourself program.

You deserve to have the success you’ve been craving. You just need to be sure that you have all the necessary ingredients to succeed. The good news is that the awareness that it takes to overcome emotional eating will positively affect your whole life. The added benefit will be weight loss.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 12:37:49 AM | 27 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 31, 2008

How to Finally Lose Weight in the New Year

It seems the whole world is finally getting hip to the fact that the missing link to successful weight loss is psychological. It’s not about the right diet, pill, program or surgery. It’s not about willpower. It’s simply about understanding why you eat and what you’re really hungry for. The New Year’s issue of People magazine this year focuses on the emotional and psychological hurdles that people had to overcome to lose half their overall weight. In fact, as the foremost authority on Emotional Eating Dr. Gould contributed tips to this issue. And Oprah in the January issue of O magazine said, “What I’ve learned this year is that my weight issue isn’t about eating less or working out harder, or even about a malfunctioning thyroid. It’s about my life being out of balance, with too much work and not enough play, not enough time to calm down.”

Therefore if one of your New Year’s Resolutions is to have this be the year that you actually lose the weight you want, commit to understanding yourself better and being kinder to yourself. Losing weight starts with loving yourself. The following list doesn’t cost you anything and the benefits are priceless.
[more]
• Start a meditation practice
• Speak kindly to yourself
• Watch less TV
• Make love more
• Play with your kids
• Let things go
• Stop complaining
• Start a gratitude practice (write down three things you’re grateful for each night)
• Take a walk with your family after dinner
• Forgive yourself when you fail
• Turn off your cell phone
• Look for opportunities to be of service to others
• Read a great book
• Take baths before bed
• Don’t gossip

Simple things like these make you the master of your own mind. They decrease anxiety by keeping you firmly planted in the present moment. From this place, it’s much easier to engage is self-loving acts like eating well and exercising. Marianne Williamson, author of Return to Love, advised Oprah, “Your overweight self doesn’t stand before you craving food. She’s craving love.” The article continued on to say, “ Falling off the wagon isn’t a weight issue; it’s a love issue.”

In the New Year, instead of setting a resolution to lose weight, why not resolve to explore ways to love yourself better?

Please use the comments below to share ways that you could be more loving to yourself.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 12:03:58 PM | 19 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 24, 2008

Does TV Make You Overeat?

Researchers at the University of Maryland found the one activity unhappy people do more than happy people is watch TV. And if you’re unhappy, not only are you watching more TV, but you might also be emotionally eating to deal with your unhappiness. It’s no wonder that so many people report that overeating and TV watching go hand-in-hand.
[more]
"We looked at 8 to 10 activities that happy people engage in, and for each one, the people who did the activities more — visiting others, going to church, all those things — were more happy,” Dr. [John] Robinson said. “TV was the one activity that showed a negative relationship. Unhappy people did it more, and happy people did it less.”
New York Times

Even thought the results of this study were taken over a 30-year period there is a bit of a chicken or an egg with this study. Does watching TV make you more unhappy? Or do you watch more TV when you’re unhappy. Either one or both might be true. There is no way to know for sure. But now that the holiday specials are over, just as an experiment, I’d like to challenge you to turn off your TV for a week and try a few other things instead. You see, TV passes the time but it often doesn’t enrich you in any lasting way. And usually you’ve put off something by watching TV. Same thing with emotional eating. The things that I’d like you to try might just affect your happiness and lead you to turn to food a lot less.

The things that the study said that happy people do more of are:

Visiting Others, in other words, SOCIAL CONTACT – Television can never make up for the enjoyment of connecting and communicating with another person. If the set is off you might find yourself making more plans and having more conversations.

Going to Church, in other words, A SPIRITUAL PRACTICE – If the boob tube is off, you might have time to do something that nurtures your soul. This could be anything from praying and meditating to taking a walk in nature or seeing an art exhibit.

Having Sex, in other words, AFFECTION and INTIMACY – If you have a partner, you might find that without television there is more time for touch. If you don’t have a partner, you might find ways to indulge yourself. There might be time for baths, crafts and intimate experiences with friends and family.

More importantly when the TV is off there is more time to get things accomplished and when you don’t put off things, you feel more competent and confident. Getting overwhelmed is one of the main things that make people overeat and binge.

Most of you know that I don’t have a TV and haven’t had one for years. So, for me, the idea of a week without watching is not too difficult. But I’d like to encourage you to give it a try. Turn off the television and see what happens to your happiness. Don’t forget, you can’t just turn it off, you have to replace the time you normally spend watching with meaningful experiences. A more fulfilled life decreases your need to fill up on food. Give it a shot and let us know what you experienced in the comments section below. And if you’re looking for things to do, click here to try a free session.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 7:39:12 AM | 8 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 17, 2008

Don’t Fall Into Old Familiar Patterns During the Holiday Season

The Holidays are a time of ritual and tradition. We sing the same songs. Put out the same menorah or hang the same ornaments on the tree. And eat the same foods. So much of the beauty is the familiarity and the routine. However, some of these cyclical things that happen every year might not be things you look forward to. You could experience the same binges, the same overeating, the same fights, the same struggles in your family dynamic and the same expectation and disappointment.

How can you start to change the negative patterns while holding on to the rituals that you love so much?


[more]
1. Carve a New Pathway

If you are new to learning how to deal with ending a pattern of emotional eating, the holidays can be a challenge. The combination of heightened stress and access to infinite amounts of decadent food is not a great combination. I heard a lecture the other day about the human brain. There are neural pathways in the mind and we have to keep them open or they stop working. Sometimes we have to create new ones where there aren’t any. For example, there is a pathway created when you memorize a phone number and the more things you commit to memory the more your memory works. Almost like driving after a snowstorm. The first car might have a hard time carving out a path to drive on. But the next car has an easier time because there are now indentations in the snow. And the next one an even easier time. How does this tie into emotional eating? Well, I’ll tell you. This year it might take a lot of awareness and work to resist turning to food in the same ‘ole ways you usually do at festivities. Your mind (and belly) are expecting the same eating patterns that you’ve always had during the holiday season. But perhaps you can view it like the car in the snow. This year, you could carve a new path and even though it might be hard, next year will be easier. And after a few years, the holidays will no longer be directly linked with a time of year when you struggle with food. How can you let this year carve a new pathway for future years to come? Can you plan what you’re going to eat? Can you say “no” to sweets? Can you stop using food to fill up the emptiness when you’re unfulfilled or disappointed?


2. Don’t Do the Same Thing Expecting a Different Result

Einstein said, “The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting a different result.” We all do this during the holiday season. We have expectations that this year will be different. But we do things the same and sadly, experience the same disappointments. What can you do differently this year? Not just with your eating habits, but with your family and friends, too. Can you avoid a conflict? Can you ask for help? Can you be more unconditionally loving? Can you plan ahead? Can you ask for what you want instead of hoping you get it? Just because things have always gone a certain way, doesn’t mean they have to keep going in the same direction.

3. Know Your Patterns So You Can Win

With both food and family, if you know your patterns you can do things differently. What are your weak spots? Is it cheese and crackers? Is it Christmas Cookies? Is it latkes? Do you tend to eat when you first arrive to ease into a social situation? Do you keep eating at the end because you want to leave but feel obligated to stay? With family, are you the peacekeeper, the responsible one, the troublemaker? Knowing these common patterns give you a chance to see things clearly and do things in a new way.

5. Expect an Imperfect Holiday

The holiday can be great but there’s a good chance it won’t be perfect. If you accept that in advance, you might find yourself having more fun than usual. You might not make the perfect food choices, but you can still make better choices than you made last year. You might not have enough money to buy all the perfect gifts, but maybe that encourage you to make a homemade gift that will be far more meaningful. You might not have a perfect loving season with your spouse but if you can remember to stop amidst the chaos and have a few long hugs that might be a great way to stay connected.

These things can help you make small changes that might make a very big difference.

Since this is the holidays and everyone loves a story. I thought I’d include this poem. It's one of my favorites and perfect for the metaphor of carving new paths this holiday season.

THERE'S A HOLE IN MY SIDEWALK
Autobiography in Five Short Chapters
By Portia Nelson

Chapter One
I walk down the street.
There is a deep hole in the sidewalk.
I fall in.
I am lost .... I am helpless.
It isn't my fault.
It takes forever to find a way out.

Chapter Two
I walk down the street.
There is a deep hole in the sidewalk.
I pretend that I don't see it.
I fall in again.
I can't believe I am in this same place.
But, it isn't my fault.
It still takes a long time to get out.

Chapter Three
I walk down the same street.
There is a deep hole in the sidewalk.
I see it is there.
I still fall in ... it's a habit ... but, my eyes are open.
I know where I am.
It is my fault.
I get out immediately.

Chapter Four
I walk down the same street.
There is a deep hole in the sidewalk.
I walk around it.

Chapter Five
I walk down another street



I wish you the happiest imperfect holiday season that you’ve ever had.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:31:39 PM | 6 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 10, 2008

Oprah's Struggle with Overeating: What Does that Mean for You?

In yesterday's online version of People magazine it announced the theme of Oprah's January issue of O: Oprah has "fallen off the wagon." Oprah has gained forty pounds hitting the 200-pound mark. I'm writing about this for a number of reasons none of which are to celebrate Oprah's struggle but rather help you find compassion for her and for yourselves. Like so many of us Americans, her height and weight now make her officially obese. Let's look at the things that she said in the article and what they mean for you:
[more]
1. Yo-Yo Dieting Feels Bad

Oprah was quoted saying things like, "I'm mad at myself," and "I felt like a fat cow." Be sure to pay attention to your self-talk. Shaming or blaming yourself never helps to lose weight. We make good choices about food and exercise only from a place of self-love and self-acceptance. It's important to learn how to bounce back so that you can forgive yourself when you falter and get back in the saddle.

2. Knowledge is Not Always Power

"I'm embarrassed... I can't believe that after all these years, all the things I know how to do, I'm still talking about my weight. I look at my thinner self and think, 'How did I let this happen again?" Oprah has access to all the information in the world, she can afford private trainers, lap band, liposuction and private chefs and that's still not enough to lose and keep the weight off. For the most part we all know that the magic recipe to lose weight is eat less/exercise more. Knowledge is not the answer. The missing link is being able to understand that food has a hold over you because you've installed it as a coping mechanism for anxiety, depression, boredom, loneliness and just about anything else. If you struggle with your weight it doesn't mean you're lazy or stupid (obviously not the case with Oprah). Intelligence is not enough to keep weight off. You need to heal your wounded places, find your unmet needs and offer yourself other, dare I say better, forms of comfort.

3. Food Can't Be Your Reward for Losing Weight

She mentioned that in 2005 she came out on her show wearing size 10 jeans after being on a four-month liquid diet. She said, "Two hours after that show, I started eating to celebrate—of course, within two days those jeans no longer fit!" So many of us do this. We get a taste of success. Our pants stop pinching us when we're sitting down or we don't feel the fat on our muffin tops vibrating when we drive our cars and suddenly we think that means we can treat ourselves with a little of this or that. To keep weight off for life, food has to stop being your reward. It can be a reward sometimes but it can't be your only reward.

4. Weight Issues are About the Management of Emotions, Not What You Eat

"My greatest failure was in believing that the weight issue was just about the weight," Winfrey told People Magazine in 1991. "It's about not handling stress properly." This is the information that Shrink Yourself has been teaching people for years. Overcoming weight issues has nothing to do with finding the right diet pill, plan or program. Overcoming weight issues has everything to do with how you handle stress. Despite all the glamour that people envy one could easily understand
that Oprah’s life must be stressful. She has a whole lot of responsibility to her followers and with that comes a lot of pressure and strain. It's no wonder that she would often return to her old source of comfort: food.

I've heard it said that human beings learn in spirals. We return to the same issues again and again, hopefully with new information, new skills and new insights. Your fluctuations in weight can be opportunities to learn more and more about who you are and what you need to manage the stress in your life. Overcoming emotional eating isn't easy. But we see people doing it here every day, with the support of an understanding community, and by finding the skills needed to stop using food as a friend, lover or form of medication and as Dr. Roger Gould says, to finally let food be just food. Our compassion is with Oprah and all of us who struggle to let food be just food. In the words of High School Musical (sorry I can't resist, I have an eight-year old) we're all in this together.

If stress is the thing that keeps you yo-yoing take a free session and see how we can start helping you today.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:32:51 AM | 34 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 03, 2008

Overspending & Overeating: What's the Connection?

Did you ever notice that the holidays are often a time when your
body gets heavier and your burden of debt gets heavier, too? There
is a direct correlation between overeating and overspending and no
time like the holiday season for this to flare up. Americans (and
many other Western Cultures) are consumers; we're consumers of food
making us the heaviest people in the world and we're consumers of
goods making us the most in debt in the world. You don't become obese
over night and you don't get in debt over night either. These two
things take time and a recurrence of practicing the same habits over
and over again. Both of these issues are ignited by choosing
immediate gratification over long-term peace and happiness. What it
will take to lose weight is not that different from what it will take
to get out of debt. Here's how you do it:
[more]
1. Know Where Your Calories (or Money) Go

Try keeping a log for one month of your expenditures and your calorie
consumption. When you know where you're spending, you get to be the
one who chooses. For instance, writing down where you spend your
money could enlighten you. You might think that you could never
afford a massage once a month but when you look at your receipts, you
notice that going to Starbucks every day is costing you $120/month.
What if you went every other day? With that information, you have a
choice. You can get a massage once a month for $60 and you'll be
consuming half the calories, too. Same thing with food. You might
deprive yourself of cake but when you look at your calorie
consumption you see that you're consuming 500 calories in sugar and
half & half in your coffee. Do you really want four cups of coffee or
would you rather have a piece of cake? When you know where the money
or calories are being spent, you can make more informed choices.

2. Think About the Future

In the immediate moment a tasty treat or a new purchase can seem like
the answer to every woe in the world. Be sure to stop and think
things through. No matter what you're feeling, will eating something
make you feel better in the end? Is that new shirt that costs $50
really worth it when it'll end up costing $150 by the time you pay
the finance charges on your credit card. Slowing things down and
thinking things through will limit the amount of impulsive,
unconscious decisions you make.

3. Be Selfish

When I say be selfish I don't meant what you think. I'm suggesting
that you stop keeping foods in the house because you think that
others will be disappointed if they're not there. For example, I have
to have sweets for the kids. Or feeling like you have to eat with
your husband even though you had dinner with the children two hours
before. When it comes to spending (particularly at the holidays) you
don't have to please people with purchases you can't afford
(especially in today's economy). Do what's right for you and don't
feel badly about it. Find other ways to make the holidays special
that don't include food or presents. Your children might remember a
night of caroling with a thermos of mulled cider for a lifetime while
they might never again remember a toy that will get discarded two
months from now.

Learning to regulate what you eat and where you spend your money are
two important aspects of being an adult. When you binge of food or
binge on buying, it often causes more anxiety than it quells. Keep
yourself calm by thinking things through and choosing where and how
you're going to reward yourself. When you know where your money (and
calories) go, you have more choices; and with more choices comes
more freedom, and with more freedom; greater peace of mind.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 6:19:40 AM | 12 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 2008

Gratitude

I read a quote that said, “If I could only have one prayer it would be thank-you.” The importance of gratitude shouldn’t be underestimated. Many people adopt a gratitude practice. And what better time of year than Thanksgiving to do so.

For Emotional Eaters, Thanksgiving kicks off the holiday season and can create a lot of anxiety. How will you face the holidays without overeating? How will you be strong in the face of all the food that surrounds you? How will you face the stress of family gatherings without the comfort of food? How will you face the pressure of the holidays in a failing economy without rewarding the people you love with pies and cookies since you might not be able to give them as many gifts? So many questions. So many concerns. But you can counterbalance the strain by shifting your focus.
[more]
People have told me that they came to view their pattern of overeating as a blessing instead of a curse. They actually said thank-you for their feelings of powerlessness over food. Why? Because the discomfort of overeating (the added weight, the guilt and frustration) led them on a path to Shrink Yourself, a path where they had to face themselves, their feelings and their real needs. On this journey they found it wasn’t just their weight that was suffering, it was their lives, their fulfillment and their relationships. As they improved these parts of their lives, they needed food less and less. But if it weren’t for food, they would never have gotten uncomfortable enough to go looking for a better way. Can you find some reason to say thank-you for the struggles you’ve had with food?

Challenge yourself this holiday season to cultivate a gratitude practice. It can be simple. You can just say three things each night that you’re grateful for. You can say it to yourself. Your spouse. Or you can write it in a journal. Kids love to participate in this. You can do it at the dinner table or before bedtime. In a time when it’s easy to see what we don’t have, it’s great to remember the things that we do. What can you be thankful for? Love? A home? Healthy children? Enough food? Friends? Laughter? Saying thank-you for both the struggles and the successes can give us hope.

I am grateful for all of you and for the hope you give me everyday with your courage, your tenacity and your compassion for one another. I wish you all a Happy Thanksgiving.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 7:39:02 AM | 7 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 2008

Men are Emotional Eaters Too

The majority of people that come to our site are women. This isn’t because emotional eating doesn’t affect men. It’s because it’s acceptable for men to overeat because they’re hungry, because they like food or even because they’re gluttons but it’s not acceptable for them to eat out of comfort. This can make it really hard for men to get the help they need even though they struggle with so many common emotional eating issues like binging, compulsive overeating and stress eating.

Last night I was at a friend’s watching reruns of The King of Queens (you all know I don’t have a television). The episode that was on was called Furious Gorge. Doug’s wife Carrie sends him to an overeating support group and instead he randomly happens into a support group for men whose wives are abusive. In the meeting he discovers that it’s his wife’s rage that sends him into the “loving arms of food.”
[more]
For Emotional Eater’s Who are Men

This site is for you, too. The men who have used our program have reaped equal benefits as the women but sadly most men don't come looking for help. You deserve to understand what’s behind your overeating. What needs aren’t getting met? Are you stressed by your boss, your relationship or the economy? Eating doesn’t solve the problem but you might not know how to solve it and so food can feel like a quick fix. It can be more difficult for you to express yourself. I’m not about to attempt to claim that I understand the male experience or mind. In fact, God knows I don’t. But I’ve heard it said that women have a 64 pack of Crayola Crayons to paint their feelings to the world and men get a measly three pack of primary colors that they give you at Applebee’s free with your menu. Expressing your feelings can be difficult but there’s so much more at stake than your heart, your cholesterol and your blood pressure. When you begin to understand why you eat you can begin to make different choices not just about food, but about work, relationships and fun.

For the People Who Love Men Who are Emotional Eaters

You don’t have to fix the male emotional eater in your life. You don’t have to leave the Shrink Yourself book out where they might see it or bookmark the homepage hoping they’ll get the hint. What you can do is be empathic. If you see they’re eating a lot maybe you can do something to ease their stress. Affection can make a big difference. Acknowledge the things they’re doing. And ease off on some of the nagging, for instance let them get away with forgetting to take the trash out for once. Above all, the best way you can help is leading by example. If they see you choosing other ways to deal with stress besides eating they might get inspired.

I am the mother of a boy. I can see that he has a tendency to choose food (particularly sweets) when he’s frustrated, bored or lonely. I’m trying to help him find other ways to deal with his emotions. But some boys that grew into men didn’t get a chance to find a new or different way to deal with stress. It's never too late. The first step is acknowledging that men are affected by emotional eating, too. Please allow me to welcome the men out there in the hopes that you too can get the help you need to recover your power over food which means becoming more empowered in your whole life.

Please use the comments below to share experiences about men and overeating.

POSTED BY !DR. GOULD! | 11:35:31 PM | 3 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 11, 2008

3 Ways to Enjoy the Time Until You Lose the Weight

Steve Tyler says, “Life is a journey, not a destination.” The problem with weight loss (and so many other things) is that we’re so goal-oriented. Even practices like meditation and yoga that are meant to bring you into the present are about getting to the end so you can say you completed it and feel like you did your part in staying healthy. People go to school, not to learn, but to earn a degree. People make love, not to experience connection and sensuality, but to climax. People eat well and exercise, not to nourish and care for themselves, but to lose weight.

When you have a lot of weight to lose reaching that goal can be a long way off. So, what do you do to make your journey worthwhile until you arrive at your destination.
[more]
1. REMEMBER MORE IS AT STAKE THAN JUST YOUR WEIGHT - For emotional eaters it’s not just our weight that suffers, it’s our quality of life. If we are turning to food to comfort it means that we’re not expressing ourselves honestly, that we haven’t found an outlet for our passion and dreams or that we’re staving off our dissatisfaction. Therefore, the more we admit our real needs and attend to them, the better our lives are and the less we need food as a crutch. On our way to our goal weight are many moments when we have the opportunity to be true to ourselves instead of eating.

2. EXERCISE & EATING WELL IS A WAY TO LOVE YOURSELF – It’s been said that you can’t love another person or be loved by another person until you know how to love yourself. But if you’re like me that whole thing sounds like an abstract concept, in other words a potential load of bull. What does loving yourself actually mean? Well, each time you make a choice to eat well, to avoid junk food, to go out for that walk, to go to the gym despite the cold weather, to plan and cook healthful meals, you are loving yourself. For some people, who never had loving, nurturing parents, this is actually a way to re-parent yourself. Each choice becomes an opportunity to love yourself instead of it being a moment where you feel resentful of being deprived.

3. YOUR BAGGAGE GOES WITH YOUR WEIGHT - For many people who have been delaying their growth and development by overeating, each pound lost represents a step towards a more evolved self. When you eat instead of coping, you disable your best thinking. Over time you lose confidence that you can, in fact, cope without the comfort of food. By facing your demons, the old ones and the everyday ones, you get stronger. August Wilson, the playwright, said, "As my spirit got bigger, my demons got smaller." Your baggage starts to fall away with each lost pound. Therefore, your journey can be walked with a lighter step, both literally and metaphorically.

So many people that write in to us share that when they stop eating for emotional reasons they gain control of their lives, confidence in who they are and greater peace of mind. Those things are so vital that those same people often tell us that the weight loss is just an added bonus. They no longer need to wait for their goal weight for their lives to begin, instead they have learned how to join their lives already in progress.

How can you enjoy the journey on your way towards your goal weight?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:19:29 PM | 14 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, OCTOBER 30, 2008

Is Food Your Substitute for Love?

“Forget love, I’d rather fall in chocolate.” I saw that on a bumper sticker. Who wants to fall in love? Well, judging by the success of every online dating site despite the failing economy, I would say most people are looking for love or looking for ways to improve their relationship. Unfortunately, the sweetness of romance can be unkindly bitter and with that in mind, the sweetness of cakes and Halloween candy and ice cream can feel like a sure thing. It can seem like a rational conclusion to make…don’t fall in love…fall in chocolate…but there are probably some things that you might not have considered.
[more]
If You’re in a Relationship

There are many ways we abandon and betray our partners in relationships. The most obvious way is cheating with another person. But there are much more subtle ways we abandon and betray our partners for instance focusing all our energy on the pets or children, being obsessed with work, not listening, being easily distracted, being constantly busy (cleaning, cooking, doing, planning) and one you might not expect is emotional eating. When food becomes our obsession it’s not that different from taking a lover. It’s just that the lover we’ve taken doesn’t have a heartbeat. We obsess about food the way someone might obsess about a mistress, we think about the private time we’ll get with a particular food the way one might when they’re having an affair, we focus on food and shut the other person out. With all those thoughts of food, how can we consider our partners? They say that adultery is just a symptom that something else is wrong in the relationship. You might have taken food as your lover after many years of being disappointed in your partnership. Perhaps you’ve given up trying to make it work and figure I won’t get the love, affection, communication or acknowledgment from my partner that I need so I might as well give myself the pleasure of eating what I want. Only problem, is when food fills your mind you’ve left the relationship. You intercept your best thinking by feeding yourself instead of feeding your love. When you give up food as your lover you can see one of a few things clearly. 1. Food may have been helping you tolerate being in a relationship that just doesn’t work anymore and perhaps it's time to do something about that. 2. If you feed your relationship as much as you’ve been feeding yourself the passion in your relationship might just reignite. 3. Food may have been the third wheel in your relationship.

If You’re Single

Many people that I talk to say that they eat out of loneliness. A lot of binging and overeating happens at night and on the weekend. When I inquire more deeply into why that might be it’s often because one associates the night or the weekend with special time that they’d like to be spending with a partner. It’s normal to be lonely when you wish you were with someone. Only problem with taking food as a substitute lover is that each time you overeat or binge you feel less attractive and less confident. This has something to do with weight but not everything. There are plenty of overweight people that have partners that are attracted to them. However, when you use food for emotional reasons, as you gain weight you lose your sense of self. And as you lose your sense of self you feel less and less confident. Each time you use food as your lover, you delay learning the skills you need to meet a suitable partner and you chip away at your self-confidence. The reality is that food never gives you the love that you’re looking for. It doesn’t talk to you, it doesn’t hold you, it doesn’t keep you warm at night. We can’t always meet someone exactly when we want to but how do we want to spend our time until a special person comes a long. Do we want to spend our time nursing ourselves with food or do we want to spend our time discovering who we are and what is unique about us? On lonely nights and weekends, rent movies that make you laugh, go to museums, meet up with friends, take walks to look at autumn leaves.

You all deserve love, whether you're in a relationship, or not, but instead of food being your substitute for love, eating well can be an every day way that you care for and love yourself.

Use the comments below to talk about the ways that you use food as a substitute for love and what areas of your life might be suffering as a result of your emotional eating.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:55:45 PM | 24 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, OCTOBER 23, 2008

3 Ways to Combat Perfectionism

Progress, not perfection. People that are on a journey to lose weight always resonate with that statement. But for most of us, before we hear or believe a statement like that, we’ve already spent a lot of years thinking we should be perfect or we could be perfect. Today, I heard someone say, “When I got hypothyroidism I had to accept that I was not going to be the perfect size two anymore so I might as well be as fat as I could get.” Many people figure why not be fat if they can’t be perfect forgetting that perfect doesn’t exist. And if we expect ourselves to be perfect in our quest to lose weight, we’re going to be gravely disappointed and therefore more inclined to get resigned and give up. The simple fact is we’re going to have days when we make good choices and days when we could have made better choices. Sometimes, varying between those two can happen in the course of a single meal. So, how do you stop trying to attain perfection? Here’s some things that have worked for me.
[more]
1. THINK OF BILL GATES

I used to think that I wasn’t going to publish anything until it was perfect but Bill Gates helped me let go of my perfectionism. You see, Microsoft Word is one of the most flawed programs on the market. Bill Gates didn’t wait till he got it perfect. In fact, he released a new version this year and it is still imperfect. And we are still buying it, imperfections and all. If he had waited till he got it perfect, it wouldn’t be on sale yet today and he wouldn’t have billions of dollars to show for his imperfections. So, while you might not be able to lose weight perfectly just giving it a go can be worth the investment. It was for Bill and it can be for you, too.

2. BEING A PARENT

I have generally been good at the things that I try in life. I graduated with a 3.96 GPA (almost perfect), I can cook a meal for 12 gracefully, I can drive a manual car and a motorcycle but once I had a child I had to learn to cope with imperfection. If you don’t have a child, then think of any humbling thing you’ve tried. Being a perfect parent doesn’t exist. There are literally hundreds of opportunities a day to practice self-acceptance, creativity, patience, love, understanding, tolerance. There are hundreds of uncomfortable feelings too –anger, disappointment, joy, love, loneliness, exhaustion. The only thing I can do is show up and try my best. When I make a choice I don’t feel proud of, I forgive myself and learn from it for the next opportunity that will be winging its way at me within the next few seconds usually. It’s no different when ending a pattern of overeating or binging. You’re not going to get it perfect. You’re not going to eat only the prescribed amount of food. You’re not always going to leave the last bite on your plate or deny yourself of seconds. If you can accept that you’re less likely to do the common thing of giving up for the day once you’ve made one imperfect choice.

3. ACCEPTING MY BEST

I’m not going to have the perfect body, at least not in this lifetime. I have stretch marks from gaining eighty pounds in my pregnancy, I have less than perfect breasts from nursing for two years and truth be told I have cellulite on my posterior (I’m sure this blog will now help me attract heaps of male suitors – wink, wink). That being said, I have never been happier with my body. I’m not happy because my body is perfect. I’m happy because I do the best that I can to take care of it. I exercise five times a week even though I hate it. I eat well. I usually get enough rest. And I enjoy the foods I like in smaller quantities. I don’t feel deprived. I feel empowered by making the best choices I can. And when I don’t make good choices I forgive myself and try a little better the next time.

Lastly, did you know that most drum sounds on music that you hear today is made by a drum machine. Someone might have just been trying to eradicate all those cute drummer types that break young girl's hearts. Just kidding. The only problem is that drum machines are too on the nose. They are too perfect. That’s why the machines have a knob that tries to recreate human error. There is a sticker that some people put on their drum machines that says: Drum Machines Have No Soul. The imperfections in sound give the music soul and your imperfections show that you have soul, too.

Use the comments to share with each other the ways that you’ve learned how to combat perfectionism. This is a critical tool to overcoming any issue with food and being able to try your best which is all you really need to lose the weight.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:21:30 PM | 19 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 15, 2008

Is Food Really Your Friend?

“Food feels like my best friend.” I hear so many people say this. Maybe you can relate. When you’re upset, anxious, despondent, angry or bored the instant calm that food provides can feel like your greatest ally. But is it really a friend? Let’s take a look:
[more]
HOW DO YOU FEEL AFTER YOU’VE EATEN TO DEAL WITH FEELINGS?
Here are some of the feelings that people who overeat or binge report: “hopeless,” “disgusted,” “repulsed,” “out of control,” “full of self-hatred,” “unsatisfied,” “sick.” If a friend left you feeling this way wouldn’t you begin to wonder if it was a healthy relationship?

DOES IT REALLY GIVE YOU WHAT YOU NEED?
Friendships are based on give and take. We provide something for someone and they provide something for us. Of course, this may not always be perfectly balanced but certainly the best friendships are reciprocal. Someone told me this week that the only ways that she feels nurtured is by eating and shopping. Together, we explored other ways she could feel nurtured and get her needs met. What does food really give you besides extra weight?

IT SHORTCHANGES YOU
Everyone deserves a faithful friend. One who listens to us and makes us feel like our best selves. Looking at that list above, overeating, binging or eating the wrong foods simply doesn’t do that for anyone. Today, for example, I felt particularly anxious and tearful. You know those days where you just want to curl up and have the world disappear. I could’ve eaten and the tears might have gotten pushed down. I called a friend and I didn’t feel like he was available to have a particularly open conversation. I could’ve stopped there and eaten with a good excuse of not getting my needs met by my friend. But I didn’t. I called another friend. That friend heard me out, offered me some actions I could take to make my situation better and validated my feelings. When I got off the phone, the tearfulness had subsided, the heaviness in my chest and throat dissipated and I was free to enjoy the rest of my day. Food might have stopped my uncomfortable feelings for a little while but it wouldn’t have given me long-lasting reflection, relief and companionship. Eating would have offered an instant result but would have been short-changing myself.

It’s okay for food to be a part of a celebration. It’s even okay for food to be a source of comfort sometimes, but only when you are the one that is making the choice. When food feels like it’s got a hold over you, like it’s the one calling the shots, it’s not a friend but an evil temptress. Not too different from the friend that peer pressures you into skipping the gym, stealing, smoking, having an affair or not following through on your commitments. When you aren’t under the influence of a friend you can hang out with them even if they have different values and not be affected. Same goes with food. Each time you avoid food and figure out what you really need, you are being a friend to yourself. And this is a great place for you to start making new choices.

***
*Make emotional eating, food addiction, overeating, and binge eating a thing of the past! Not only will you see a difference in your body, you will see a difference in how you relate to food and everything else in your life. Click here to join now.*

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:20:02 PM | 17 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, OCTOBER 09, 2008

3 Ways to Avoid Weight Gain This Halloween

*I wanted to get this blog out early this year because I've seen that the stores are already stocked with Halloween candy. They are prepared for the holiday and you can be too. I live in a neighborhood in Los Angles that takes Halloween very seriously--houses are decorated and candy is given out in abundant quantities. My son can accumulate upwards of ten pounds of candy trick-or-treating. Now, even the worst bingers out there are not likely to go out and buy ten pounds of candy in one pop. it seems insane to bring this amount of sweets into the home of an emotional eater. I can remember desperate moments when I searched out the Halloween candy bag in the hopes that there might be a stale piece of chocolate hiding inside months after the holiday was over. I've since found some creative solutions to avoid having Halloween be a time of self-sabotage and weight gain.

1. DON'T BUY CANDY YOU LIKE FOR TRICK OR TREATERS - If I bought Reese's Peanut Butter Cups or Almond Joy I'd be in big trouble. I simply don't have that much willpower. Snagging a few from my son while out trick-or-treating is one thing but having big bags of them inside my house is something else. I recommend not buying things that you like. One woman said she buys candies with peanuts because she has a fierce allergy. Another woman told me that she buys gummy worms, tear jerkers and other equally offensive sweets. What can you buy this year that won't tempt you?

*2. THE SWITCH WITCH - Three years ago someone introduced me to the idea of The Switch Witch and it has been a saving grace. When you come home and the kids sort out their candiy, you decide how many they can keep. In my house, it's ten pieces. Then, the rest of the candy gets set out on the porch and The Switch Witch comes and replaces it while the kids are sleeping with a gift-- a DVD, a video game cartridge, a webkinz. The kids are happy and you don't have to deal with having candy around for weeks or months. This helps with two things. The most obvious one is that you don't deal with temptation for an extended period of time and the less obvious reason is that you don't have to deal with daily negotiations with your kids about how much candy they can eat. Can the Switch Witch make a visit to your house this year?

3. GET DRESSED UP - Find a costume for yourself. Getting dressed up gives you somewhere to put your creativity (other than thinking about how much candy you can eat without anyone noticing) and it creates a spirit of festivity and fun that improve the whole holiday. Who will you be this year?

I hope these suggestions make this Halloween go a little smoother for you and your children. They certainly have helped mine.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:56:33 PM | 22 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 01, 2008

I’m Doing Everything Right: Why Is the Scale Stuck on the Same Number?

There comes a time when I hear that statement from almost everyone that is trying to lose weight. Have you ever gone through a period of time when you went overboard eating everything in sight, for instance on a ten-day vacation, and it seemed like you weren’t gaining weight? Then, on the day you’re going home it seemed like over night you gained ten pounds and your clothes didn’t fit. That’s happened to me many times. The weight can come on suddenly after a long period of not exercising or eating well. The same thing happens with losing weight.

It’s almost as if our caveperson biology wants to make sure that we’re not in a time of famine before it gives up the extra weight on our bodies. What this translates into is the necessary willingness to patiently stick with a plan for a while before seeing results. However, let’s face it, we live in a time of instant gratification and when we don’t get it we want to give up. I’ve heard people say that things like:

“I weighed myself in the middle of a binge and decided I was already fat, so why bother stopping.”

“I lost two pounds so I rewarded myself with a indulgent dinner out.”

“I did well for four days and I didn’t lose a pound so I’m giving up.”

When you consider people who accomplish great things, you see people who are willing to work really hard, for a long time, without seeing results. Think of Olympic athletes who train for years before they ever win a medal. All of their practice and training is leading to a goal, but there is a moment-to-moment goal before the ultimate goal, and that goal is to get stronger, more flexible and more confident. It’s the same thing for you on your way towards your goal weight. Each time you make the right choice, don’t worry if it doesn’t affect the number on the scale just yet, the choice itself will be making you stronger, more flexible and more confident. These qualities will benefit you no matter what the scale says. By the time the scale reaches a number that you feel good about, you will have been transformed from the inside out and the outside in.

In other words, be patient. As cliché as it sounds, this is about the journey, not just the destination.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:29:09 PM | 15 COMMENTS


SATURDAY, SEPTEMBER 20, 2008

Never Binge Again

Never binging again is possible but the biggest mistake that people who binge make is saying to themselves, "I'll never binge again!" Yet, we all do it. The food is finished and then we promise ourselves that it will never happen again. Even though almost everyone that binges says that to themselves, it sets you up for self-hatred, guilt and failure. You see, no one that ends a pattern of binging does it cold turkey. You don't decide to stop and then never binge again. It's just not how ending a pattern of binging works. That's because the binge serves a very important purpose. It makes you feel better emotionally. So, if you're committed to never binging again what are the signs along the way the signify that you're succeeding:

*More time between binges (even something small for example, I used to binge every other day and now only do it every third day)
*Shorter binges (My binges used to last two days, now they only last an hour)
*Binges on smaller amounts of food (I used to eat a gallon of ice-cream, now I eat half a pint)
*The ability to stop a binge in the middle (I used to not even realize I was having a binge till it was over, now I can stop myself in the middle)
*Forgiving yourself more quickly after a binge ends (I don't talk to myself in a mean way when I binge, I have compassion for myself)
*Bouncing back more quickly when a binge happens (in other words recommitting to understanding and stopping your binge pattern)
*Understanding what feelings set off the binge (I was able to see that I had the binge after I had a fight with my boss)
*The ability to see a binge coming (even if you can't stop it yet)

Being able to acknowledge the small successes along the way is a really important step on the road to recovery. It can be all too easy to see how far you still need to go and forget how far you've already come. Ending a binge pattern is hard work but you can do it. One day you might not binge at all but it won't happen by making a declaration, it will happen by being loving to yourself and staying aware. So, don't say, "I'll never binge again." Instead, take it one gentle step at a time. Remember, you're looking for progress, not perfection.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 8:24:17 AM | 50 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 10, 2008

Do You Need to Diet to Lose Weight?

This is a question that many people that come to our site ask. If 95% of diets fail, what's the answer? Well, the fact is you need three things to lose weight (and keep it off for life):
[more]
1. A sensible eating plan
2. A regular exercise routine
3. An understanding of Emotional Eating (without this people yo-yo)

We all know we need to eat well. We all know we need to exercise. But what most people don't know is that they need to understand emotional eating for the other two things to work. The people that come to our site begin to understand emotional eating which finally sets them up to win their struggle with their weight. Inevitably though, at some point, many of our members will ask me about what they should eat. As a certified nutritional consultant I believe everyone must find a sensible eating plan that works for them. There is no steadfast rule. Each body is different. When I recommend eating plans I resist calling them diets because "diet" tends to connote that you're going to do it for a while and then go back to your old ways. I have a friend who lost a significant amount of weight and has kept it off for years (she was definitely emotionally eating because her husband had been diagnosed with early onset Alzheimer's) and she said she had to accept that she was giving up bagels for breakfast, not just for a while but forever (and other foods, too). I'm not that rigid, I still have a bagel once or twice a month but you get the idea, it's a special treat, not a staple of my daily eating. To lose weight, and lose it for life, you have to change your ways, not just for a little while, for good.

Whatever plan you choose it should be one that teaches you a new way of eating that you can adopt for life. It should be one that teaches you about portion size and healthy snacks and basic nutrition. Don’t panic. That doesn't mean you can never splurge. I always say, “everything in moderation, even moderation.”

Many people can understand that eating to cope with life doesn’t work (that's the basic foundation of breaking an emotional eating pattern). But the harder part of sticking to a sensible eating plan is caused by the Rebellious Self (this is discussed in the Shrink Yourself book and in the Week 11 of the Shrink Yourself program). The Rebellious Self is the childlike part of each of us that doesn’t want to be told what to do. It will get you to eat what it wants just to prove that it’s not being controlled by anyone. Think of a six-year old whose parent restricts their sugar intake and can’t wait for the day when no one is going to tell them how much candy and ice-cream they can eat. That six-year old stays with us and chooses what we eat in adulthood. The problem is that it doesn’t understand that it’s hurting us more than helping us. A big part of growing up is developing the knowledge of which foods work for us and which foods don’t. It took me a long time to figure it out, but at thirty-five I pretty much know what I need to eat and what kind of exercise I need to do to look the way I want, and more importantly, to feel the way I want. If I'm an adult, I do it. On the days when I’m being rebellious, I don't. When I’m being an adult I can plan for splurging. For instance if I’ve eaten well and exercised during the work-week, I can feel justified going out for dinner on the weekend with no restrictions and sitting around reading the paper all day. I am a chef and thoroughly enjoy food so I can assure you that I do leave room for eating all of my favorite foods. I just don't eat them every day anymore.

If eating well doesn’t come naturally to you, then you need to teach yourself or let someone teach you. Perhaps, your next grown-up move is admitting you need guidance about what to eat and then picking an eating plan that makes sense to you. An eating plan is not a step back if you're viewing it differently this time. One friend I know had to adopt an eating plan that would prevent her from getting diabetes. This meant eliminating sugar and simple carbohydrates. She feels good physically but also feels less worried about her health which makes her feel good mentally. Another friend thrives on eating mostly whole grains and vegetables with very little meat. This helps her control her chronic gall bladder problems and keeps extra weight off. Another person does best on mostly animal protein and very little carbohydrates. He realized that when he eats bread or pasta or potatoes with meat, his thinking feels clouded, so he doesn't eat that way anymore. As you can see there is no eating plan that works for everyone. A big part of knowing which foods make you feel your best is understanding yourself, your needs, your moods, your illnesses, essentially it's coming to know the machine that is your body just like you know the workings of the particular car you have.

A solid understanding of emotional eating will ensure that you adhere to any eating plan you design or choose.

*Do you think that you can stick to a "diet" for awhile and then go back to the ways that you used to eat?

*What eating plan really works best for your particular body? Which has you feel your best?

*What parts of emotional eating keep you from sticking to that plan?

*Is it your Rebellious Self?

*Is it the fact that you aren't ready to give up the comfort that food provides?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:51:22 PM | 17 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 04, 2008

The Education You Never Got in School

My eight-year old son went back to school this week. There is hustle and bustle in the neighborhood about which teacher gives the most homework and how different third grade is from second grade. They will learn multiplication tables and how to write in cursive (not sure why they don't give touch typing lessons instead) along with so much new information. It got me thinking about how much time we spend in our lives getting an academic education. I was in school for twenty years, and even now, fifteen years out of university I still frequently take courses when I can. However, there isn't any obligatory, state-funded emotional education to navigate the stressful waters we sail in during our lives. By keeping that in mind perhaps you can forgive yourself when you find yourself reaching for food to deal with stress (or boredom, or anger, or loneliness, or grief, or sadness or any other feeling) instead of having the skills to handle those feelings head-on.

How can we start to give ourselves, and each other, the emotional education we didn't receive in school so we can fulfill ourselves instead of filling ourselves with food?
[more]
1. IDENTIFY -- First off, learn how to identify what you're feeling. Many of us don't even know what's going on for us, we just feel uncomfortable and want it to go away. I can't tell you how many people tell me what an epiphany they had when they realized they weren't hungry but tired and how they've since learned to simply put themselves to bed rather than eat at night. Start to identify what you feel. Are you angry? Tired? Bored? Do you need validation? Affection? Help?

2. RESPOND - Start to make associations about which feelings need which responses. I often say that feelings are like weather. They are a naturally occurring part of living in the world. There is rain. Sun. And storm. If you live in a place with less than idyllic weather, you have to learn what kind of coat, shoes, gloves and hat can get you through the day comfortably. You know you need an umbrella when it rains or sunblock when it's bright. Feelings are no different. As adults (and we can teach this to our children too), we need to know what we need when we're sad. Overwhelmed. Anxious. By understanding what we really need when these inevitable changes in mood occur, we can offer ourselves real comfort, real understanding and real responses to real needs rather than simply eating to survive the feeling until the next time.

3. PLAN AHEAD - As you come to identify your feelings and know what you need to respond to them, you can plan ahead. If you know that Sunday nights make you anxious because the work week is the next day, you can have a ritual that makes Sunday night easier. For instance, a yoga class, a board game with the family, a bath and meditation. If you know that you get anxious and overwhelmed when the kids need to be put to bed, you can devise a system that makes it easier or ask for help.

It's no wonder that we turn to food (and so many other things) to get through emotions. We simply weren't given the tools to understand, manage and work through the feelings associated with being human. Sure, we might have spent some time in therapy or read a few self-help books but it pales in comparison to the time we spent learning facts and figures that so many of us forget. What kind of world would it be if we taught our children to communicate their feelings, cooperate with one another, and soothe themselves through any uncomfortable emotion? The good news is that it's never too late to learn. By using the three steps above you can start to get the graduate degree you missed in emotional education.

How have you learned to identify and deal with your emotions?
How does planning ahead help you stay calm?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:25:08 AM | 11 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, AUGUST 28, 2008

Back to School

Back to School

If you have children chances are they’ve just gone back or are about to go back to school. The school year can both help and hinder weight loss efforts. Here are a few things to keep in mind:

[more]
Pros of the School Year:

SCHEDULE: Summer vacation means a lot of free, unstructured time—including vacations with special treats like ice-cream cones. If you’re like me, you welcome the onset of the school year and the structure it provides. The schedule of the academic year can give you a routine that makes exercise and eating well more manageable. Let it work to your advantage. When you get out your ical program, PDAs or big paper calendars be sure to include planned time for yourself in addition to the soccer games and piano lessons—even if it’s just a couple of hours a week.

TIME TO YOURSELF: If you’re a working parent earlier bedtimes can give you a bit more free time in the evenings. Take advantage of the time by doing things that are restorative. Take a bath, stretch for a few minutes, make love, read a book, etc. If you stay at home be sure to take advantage of the free time while the children are in school. Plan to exercise as soon as you drop your children off so that you can get it done before you get back home and notice everything that needs to be done. By getting exercise out to the way early in the day you will feel accomplished and approach all of the rest of your tasks in an empowered way. Then, get as much work completed as you can. Remember that staying on top of chores, responsibilities and cleaning will help prevent binges. People often report that when they are overwhelmed they overeat or binge more frequently.

Cons of the School Year:

SNACKS & AFTER SCHOOL TREATS: Don’t make the excuse that you have to keep junk food in the house for the kids. They don’t need it and neither do you. Find healthy snacks that you both can enjoy.

HUSTLE & BUSTLE – For those that don’t thrive on a routine the hectic nature of the school year can make you reach for food to ease the stress. Stay on top of the stress of the school year by getting organized and taking time out for yourself even if it’s simply arriving at your children’s school five minutes early to meditate in the car or waking up ten minutes earlier than usual to read the paper before the house wakes up.

How does the school year affect your emotional eating?

Please offer tips to one another on how to make this school year the best one yet!

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:23:14 PM | 8 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, AUGUST 19, 2008

PMS and Emotional Eating

PMS affects both men and women so they’ll be information in this article for both genders. I decided to write on this topic because on the message boards I often hear questions about how to know the difference between PMS cravings and Emotional Eating Episodes.

PMS is a misunderstood and vilified but very real condition. It affects over 40% of all women. In recent years, women have had to deny that they experience any real shift in body or mind in the days before their periods to reduce the opinion that we are the less reliable sex as a result of menstruation. When we can accept the very real changes that happen to us we can recognize and admit our real monthly needs.

The best thing you can do is be prepared for PMS. Keep a calendar and know when it’s coming. By planning ahead you can work in extra rest, extra help and the right kind of meals that will help instead of hinder you. Part of being gentle and loving with yourself is the knowledge of what you need during this tender time and making sure you get it.

Here are a few things to keep in mind:
[more]
PHYSICALLY – It is normal to have cravings when you expect your period. The reason that we have food cravings (usually for salt like chips or sweets like chocolate) is because our brains need an extra boost of serotonin. When we sense this we seek out simple carbohydrates because they give us a surge of this brain chemical. However, the quick but short acting effects of these kinds of foods do us more harm than good because they produce peaks and crashes. Therefore, if you know your period is coming you can plan ahead by eating well-rounded meals that include complex carbohydrates and good fats (for example, brown rice with black beans and olive oil, quinoa with sautéed vegetables, almond butter on a piece of whole grain bread).

Chocolate cravings can come from an imbalance of calcium and magnesium. A supplement that includes both can be helpful in reducing cravings.

Once you separate out the real physical components you can more clearly see the emotional eating components. I often tell people that a craving is a decadent piece of chocolate cake but an emotional eating episode is eating the whole cake. PMS might make you crave chocolate but it won’t have you eat a whole cake.

EMOTIONALLY – The heightened emotional state of PMS is very real. If you’re an Emotional Eater then your way to deal with uncomfortable feelings is to eat. This might be one of the reasons why you tend to eat more before your period. The emotional highs and lows of hormonal shifts can send you running to the fridge. The more accustomed you get to facing feelings head-on, the less you’ll need food to cope during this time of month or any time of month for that matter. Remember that while your period doesn’t create feelings it tends to hold a magnifying glass up to feelings and situations in your life. It’s a time of month to take stock but not to sort things out. Here is an example, when you’re getting your period something your spouse, child or parent does might drive you mad. This is the time to journal about your feelings or talk them out with a friend. Then, when you’re not fueled by hormones you can use the clarity you got to make requests and share your feelings. In other words, don't try to solve anything when you're expecting your period.

FOR MEN – Women barely understand what’s happening to their bodies once a month so how can we expect men to understand. Men have had to deal with the mood shifts of their mothers, sisters, wives and daughters since the beginning of time. If you’re a man you might be wondering what you can do. If a woman in your life keeps a calendar, pay attention to it, too. When she is getting her period, take initiative. Keep the house clean, offer to help with the kids, make healthy meals, give her affection or space (depending on which she needs) and make sure she gets rest. Don’t ask questions like “Is this your time of month?” or engage her in conversations about the relationship. Just love her and the days will pass much more easily.

The effects of PMS are real and they consume so many days of our lives. We can’t afford not to learn how to master them.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:30:51 PM | 12 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, AUGUST 05, 2008

Exercise: A Way to Finally Stick With It

There are some people that love to exercise. There are some people that feel the need to move their bodies. There are some people that can't wait to get out into the outdoors and run, jog, walk, skate, bike or hike. I am not one of those people. If you're reading this, maybe you're not either. I was a sedentary child who preferred reading to almost any kind of physical activity. As cliche as it is, I was picked last for every team. And my skinny soccer-playing cousins would put me on a regime of swimming and bicycle riding during summers at their house in an attempt to help me shed my ten-year old stomach rolls. By now, you can probably see that quite simply I did not like to exercise.

[more]
In my teens I enjoyed a few years of unearned thinness. Then, I gained what should have been the freshman fifteen, but for me was the freshman twenty-eight and realized that I would have to take a more active roll. Fine, I thought as long as that doesn't mean being active. I was a yo-yo exerciser. I went through long stretches of doing yoga five times a week. Then, I'd stop. Then, I'd take up weight training. I'd do it consistently for a six months, enough time to see results. I'd promise myself that I'd never stop so I wouldn't have to start all over again from square one. But somehow I just could never stick with something for very long. I just didn't like it.

The problem was that I was getting older. I had a baby, gained and lost eighty pounds and had hypothyroidism. There was just no way to put it off any longer. I was going to have to find a way to exercise, do it regularly and stick with it for life. I knew this intellectually but I didn't know how to make it happen. Being a writer taught me an important lesson. There are times when you are inspired to write. Those moments are terrific. The words flow freely. Endorphines pump from the thrill of a moving hand over a blank page. When you commit to being a writer, however, you have to teach yourself how to write well when you feel like it, and when you don't. Same thing with exercise. I finally accepted that if left to my own devices I was never going to WANT to exercise. The fact was that I didn't have to like it, I just had to do it. Kind of like flossing, or an annual pap smear or prostate exam or paying taxes. Exercise was no different, just a part of being a responsible adult.

Writers that write consistently pick the same time each week or day. I decided I would walk once a week. I could commit to that. There is a golf course by my son's school. The periphery is 2.25 miles -- a thirty-five minute walk. I would walk on Tuesday mornings right after I dropped my son off. If I went home first, I'd be sure to get involved with work or chores. In the beginning, I made a date to walk with a friend and if a friend wasn't available I talked on the phone. Anything to make the time go by. When I walked consistently for a few weeks and saw that I could do it, I added a second day. I slowly worked up to four days a week. I walk right after school starts and by the time I sit down to start my day I have gotten the most dreaded part of it out of the way. I have done this consistently for two years now. The funny thing is that I no longer dread it. I just do it and I find ways to make it more and more interesting for myself. Some times a friend joins me but I don't need one to insure that I go. I even leave the phone in the car. The most recent thing that I do is download podcasts from NPR and listen to the interesting lectures that I somehow always seem to miss when they're aired. My walk is a decadent part of my day. I have found a way to read (a thing I love) while my legs are moving. I'm so consumed with the words that I completely forget that I'm exercising (sometimes I even find myself jogging).

In the comments please share with us ways that you have gotten yourself to exercise more consistently.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 8:43:53 PM | 28 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, JULY 31, 2008

Food Pushers Everywhere You Go

Who in your life is enabling your Emotional Eating habit? I recently a story by Rob Long on NPR's Martini Shot about craft services (or catering) on film shoots. The set of television or movies can be very stressful. I remember in the early nineties taking a vacation from my position on the AIDS unit of a New York hospital to work for a month on a friend's feature film. The stress and tension on the film set far exceeded the stress and tension on the unit of the hospital where multiple people were dying everyday. I wanted to tell the crew that a movie wasn't life or death but no one would hear it. Apparently, they were convinced it was. On film sets Craft Services often provide comfort foods (doughnuts, mac and cheese, chips and other sweets). The food placates people. Dials down the stress and tension. The NPR story went on to say that every once in awhile craft services will switch and offer healthy options instead of the usual comfort foods. People start losing weight but get angry, have shorter tempers and explode more. Not a risk that producers want to take when that cranky person is holding "an 80 pound light over a celebrity." One might see why they would rather put out crappy food and keep people calm than offer healthy food and deal with explosive personalities.
[more]
But that's not the answer.

The answer, of course, is that we haven't learned how to face our emotions without food. In the absence of the comfort of food so many of us simply don't know how to deal.

While we have to take personal responsibility I want to illustrate that often (granted perhaps unknowingly) the people in our lives make it easy for us to perpetuate the emotional eating pattern. The NPR story reminded me how food has become a panacea for every emotion. And the most troubling part is that not only is it installed as a soothing mechanism but it is legally and enthusiastically pushed on people by their families, their spouses, their employers and through advertising. It would never be permitted to advertise heroin, or crack on a billboard or commercial. Even cigarette advertisements have been stopped because their health risks make public promotion morally reprehensible. And yet fast food meals that come in at a caloric count beyond what any healthy person should consume in a whole day are shamelessly displayed with their dripping cheese and crispy bacon in the most seductive way. Spouses bring home the very food that their partner is working so hard to stop eating. In work environments people put out trays of fat laden sweets. The other day I went to dentist where they had a huge bowl of Hershey Kisses in the waiting room—the very food that one shouldn't eat if they're interested in caring for their teeth. Yet, as patients waited ten minutes and then twenty minutes and then half an hour to be seen by the dentist they passed the time with some tasty morsels. How could they resist? A little bit of pleasure to put up with the wait. Right? Wrong.

There are plenty of people out there trying to pacify you by feeding you. Nietzche said that religion is the opium of the masses but perhaps these days (at least in this country) food comes in at a close second. We are getting fatter but we are numb enough to sit quietly in front of the TV on our couches. I don't mean to be harsh, it's just that there needs to be a better way. On line at Whole Foods last night I stood beside a girl who was buying chocolate covered strawberries and explaining that she was a good friend because she was bringing wine and strawberries to eat while she and a friend watched Project Runway. Is that what makes a good friend? As they sit there munching and watching models that they will never look like (especially if they consume the foods they're choosing) it seems like an obvious recipe for sadness and defeat. I'm not suggesting that they aspire to look like the models on the screen but what if instead of wine and food to complement their experience they did crunches during commercials or gave each other neck rubs or debriefed about their day?

There must be a way that we can help one another meet our goals, support one another when we're stressed and not keep throwing oil down the mountain our friends, colleagues and spouses are trying to summit. Is a gift of food really a gift of kindness or is someone just trying to keep you quiet? You don't have to be suspicious or angry towards the people that push food at you but by being aware you get to be the one who chooses. And you always have the choice to suggest something new or ask for help.


To listen to the NPR radio show: http://www.kcrw.com/etc/programs/ma/ma080611craft_services

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 8:31:30 AM | 25 COMMENTS


MONDAY, JULY 14, 2008

Shrink Your Waist, Expand Your Brain

What if I told you that there was not only a way you could lose weight and grow new brain cells, but that you could also add vitality and optimism to your life? If I were you I’d say that’s too good to be true, sounds like snake oil. So, let me explain.

It’s actually possible, but it’s not as simple as taking a pill or having your brain zapped by some fancy machine.

You would have to do some serious psychological work. You’d have to break the emotional eating habit that we have been talking about, and also master some small piece of your own personal development.

For example, challenging your shyness or social anxiety patterns. There is now enough evidence from neuroscience to proclaim that when you actually change a “comfort habit” your brain creates new cells and new pathways.

One patient of mine who I see for her Emotional Eating issues shared that she was terrified of going to her daughter’s school functions. She was so anxious about not having anything interesting to say that she would hide out at the buffet table with a mouth full of food. Then, she didn’t have to worry about any boring comments seeping out.

Now, that she’s making better food choices she was uncertain about how she would handle the function without the respite of the buffet. She screwed up her courage and actually did fine talking to another mother and making a new friend.

By taking risks and talking to people she accomplished three things. She didn’t consume excess calories by needing the comfort of the food. By talking to people a new world opened up and that gave her new hope. And by accomplishing those two things and breaking her “comfort habit” of avoidance and eating, her brain was actually growing while her belly was shrinking.
[more]
A daunting task

I understand that what I have described can be a daunting task, but that’s what you will need to do if you want a refreshed brain and a smaller stomach. The alternative is not only living with the brain and the body that you have, but living within the constrictions of social anxiety and self-doubt about whether you are “interesting” enough, and all that that implies.

In the first blog of this series I asked you to think about one version of your divided self: the dilemma of deciding whether the emotional eating habit was a blessing or a curse for you. Whether it was something you wanted to keep or something you want to shed.

Today, we take a peek below the surface of that conflict and see that it is really a question about whether or not you are ready to grow out of some old defensive pattern, and take charge of your life in a new and different way. At the root of most emotional eating is a pessimistic thought that you won’t ever be able to transcend those defensive patterns you adopted earlier in life that have become constrictors of your life right now.

Your roles

Social anxiety and shyness are just examples of being stuck. There are many others that may apply to you like carrying on a role you adopted or were assigned in your family. For example, the black sheep, or the caretaker, or the angry one, or the rebel, or the ”good girl”, etc. Maybe you are afraid to succeed, or assert yourself, or set boundaries, or try something new, or be more independent, etc.

What is the connection between emotional eating and personal development?

First, it is just what I described today. When you feel powerless to grow beyond some invisible but potent constricting defensive pattern (e.g. shyness, social anxiety, etc), you become excessively hungry, and eat too much to blot out your frustration and pessimism.

However, the second is what I have described before in previous posts. Whenever you eat too much to shut off your mind, you deprive yourself of the self-knowledge that would allow you to change the restrictive pattern. You do away with the signal that tells you to challenge this pattern. As long as you continue doing this, you can’t make the necessary changes in yourself that give you the refreshed vitality that every person needs.

Given all of this, I hope you will have a better understanding of why I emphasize the importance of the pause technique every time there are signs of an impending emotional eating episode. That’s the potential moment of change when you have an opportunity to derail this self-defeating cycle of eating every time you feel frustrated.

You can then see that you are shutting off the frustration so quickly you can’t possibly pursue the remedy.

POSTED BY !DR. GOULD! | 11:39:17 AM | 22 COMMENTS


MONDAY, JULY 07, 2008

Don't Speak - Don't Eat

People often turn to food when they're unsatisfied or frustrated. Therefore, learning to get your real needs met is a huge part of leaving overeating behind.

A member asked me a while back what to do when you've asked to get a need met from someone and they still don't meet it. There are many options which include determining if it's a need you can get met somewhere else or a need you can let go of. However, the option I'm going to focus on today is one that I call, in the words of Gwen Stefani, "Don't speak."

I read an excellent book recently called "How to Improve Your Marriage Without Talking About It" by Patricia Love and Steven Stosny. I highly recommend it. Here's a bit from the back cover that explains a lot: "Simply put, talking makes women move closer, but makes men move away. Even with the best of intentions talking about your relationship doesn't bring you close, and it will eventually drive you apart." This type of retreat/approach dynamic can be seen in many relationships, not just heterosexual marriages but between any kind of couple, co-workers, mothers and sons, etc. So, if talking doesn't make you closer you might be wondering what does?

According to the book, to connect with men, they need touch, activity (as in go on a hike, rake leaves together, sit in the same room when they do their bills), sex and routine (respecting their routine and the fact that it makes them feel safe).

The benefit is that when men feel connected they want to talk more. Talking doesn't make them feel connected. So, if you want to talk, you'll need to connect first.

It's normal to need things from others and to want to connect but perhaps it's the way we go about trying to get our needs met that leaves us hungry more than the needs themselves. We often try the same method repeatedly even though it doesn't work and then get increasingly frustrated and resentful. If we look, there is always a creative solution.

One of our members said that she and her husband used to sit beside each other on the couch at night eating and watching TV. Now, they came up with a new plan. She massages his feet while they watch. He feels connected (remember men feel connected through touch). Her hands are busy so she doesn't reach for the remote. And the feet are a natural appetite suppressant. Their relationship is getting better AND they are losing weight.

When you're frustrated or needy is there an action you can take instead of eating?
What are some non-verbal ways you can connect with your partner or people in general?

If you're still tempted to talk things out with your partner go and see Wall-E. It is a robot meets robot love story about Eve and Wall-E. Each character only says two words to the other. Their own name and the other's name. Despite their lack of words it is 100% clear through their actions that they are committed and connected. In this case, the old cliche stands true, actions speak louder than words. And while you can't control another's actions, you have power over your own.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:32:34 PM | 22 COMMENTS


MONDAY, JUNE 30, 2008

Carol Solomon

Carol Solomon, PhD has been a great supporter of what we do here at Shrink Yourself. She has featured our work and interviewed me for her newsletter which you can sign up for at the bottom of this web page: http://www.loseweightwitheft.com

Her work as a therapist, like mine, is committed to stopping emotional eating and self-sabotaging behaviors.

POSTED BY !DR. GOULD! | 3:13:53 PM | 4 COMMENTS


MONDAY, JUNE 16, 2008

Sex and the City

Recently, I saw the Sex and the City movie. Samantha Jones is tempted by her hot new male neighbor but for the first time in her life she's in a committed relationship. Suddenly she gains fifteen pounds and when her concerned friends inquire about her weight gain she says, "I eat so I won't cheat."

Many people don't realize that this is a very common type of emotional eating. We eat to stay faithful. When we're overweight less people are attracted to us and there is less temptation to cheat. Staying overweight also has us avoid the work of having to set boundaries with people--something that many of us don't know how to do (or are afraid to do).

The thing is Samantha had to learn eating isn't the solution. She had to accept that she wanted to cheat because she was in a relationship that wasn't fulfilling to her and she was unwilling to put the work in to make it fulfilling.

Is there a way that you're using your weight to be less attractive to others?
Does staying overweight keep you from having to do the work of learning how to set boundaries with people?
Are you stuffing in your dissatisfaction with a relationship with food?

It wasn't until Samantha admitted to her boyfriend that she wasn't committed to the relationship and made the steps to leave that she stopped stuffing herself.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:51:22 PM | 19 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, JUNE 11, 2008

Kung Fu Panda: An Emotional Eater

I went to see Kung Fu Panda today (with my eight-year old son) and discovered that it's really a story about Emotional Eating.

Kung Fu Panda is an overweight panda who has been chosen to be the new Kung Fu Master and fight the bad guy. He doesn't believe he's up to the task but keep in mind that Kung Fu has been this Panda's secret passion for ages.

One night his master finds him at The Tree of Wisdom (he doesn't realize it's the Tree of Wisdom, he's just on the prowl for food) stuffing himself with peaches from the tree. His Wise Master says, "I know you eat because you're upset."

The panda reveals how inadequate he feels. And how ashamed he is of that inadequacy. And continues to stuff himself with peaches.

But then something interesting happens.

When he takes on the task of becoming a Kung Fu Master and realizes that he's pretty awesome at it, he finds that he's not hungry anymore.

What secret passions do you have? How is food keeping you from pursuing them?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 8:03:57 AM | 27 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, MAY 20, 2008

Overeating Keeps You on the Sidelines of Life

Since people responded so well to the analogy blog I wrote last week, I've got another one for you.

Notice at a sporting event there are two groups of people:

The Players
&
The Spectators

Ever notice what the spectators are doing? They're eating and drinking. And lots of it, too.
Dodger Dogs...Ice-Cream Sundaes...Greasy Burgers...Peanuts...Buttered Popcorn....Nachos Smothered with Cheese....You name it!

Eating makes the experience of watching the game (for those that like the game and those that have no choice but to be there) more enjoyable.

Ever notice what the players are doing? They're playing. They're strategizing. They're maximizing on opportunities. They're falling and getting up again. They're striking out and then getting up at bat and trying harder the next time.

Ever see them eating? Imagine if Babe Ruth or Michael Jordon or Andre Agassi stopped in the middle of the game and had a binge right there on the court or field.

Pretty hard to imagine.

Overeating is a way that we stay safely on the sidelines of life. We keep ourselves out of the game and the only way to endure it, to pass the time, or make the time more pleasurable is to eat.

What ways are you using food to keep yourself out of the game of life?

Are you avoiding love and intimacy?
Are you avoiding finding new love or strengthening the relationship you're in?
Are you avoiding starting that business that you've always dreamed about?
Are you avoiding taking that dance class or going to Paris?

Take a risk. Find a way to put yourself in the game of life. Play a little.

Who knows it might be fun and heck, you might even find yourself having too much fun to stop and eat.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:59:42 AM | 31 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, MAY 13, 2008

Would You Give a Crying Child a Donut and Send Them Away?

I thought of an analogy recently to explain the concept of Emotional Eating.

If your child came up to you panicked and crying would you ever think of handing them a donut and sending them away.
Most parents would say, "No, that would be cruel."
More likely, you'd ask them what happened, did someone hurt them, are they okay?
You might see what you could do to help.
Take them in your arms.
Reassure them in some way.
Rub their back, wipe their tears or smooth their hair.
You'd hear them out and at the end, they might even laugh and hug you in gratitude.

With the hurt gone, they can go about playing again.

When you eat to comfort yourself, you're basically giving the hurt person in you a piece of food and sending them away.
Sure, if you gave the child the donut, they might forget their problem for a few minutes, they might even quiet down.
But they wouldn't really be heard. They wouldn't learn how to problem solve. They wouldn't feel connected.

Some parents, with good intention, give their kids food when they're upset. After all, we all start with putting the crying baby to our breasts but we may keep offering food because we haven't learned new and better ways to be there for them.

The next time you're tempted to eat out of comfort, PAUSE, there is a hurt child inside you that needs you.
She is trying to tell you something.
Stop to ask her what's going on for her.
Don't shut her up with food, hear her out and offer her real comfort instead.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:36:31 PM | 31 COMMENTS


SUNDAY, MAY 04, 2008

Put It on Paper

All of us have good intentions that don't ever get fulfilled.

Weeks pass by and we don't keep the promises that we make to ourselves. The garage doesn't get cleaned. We don't exercise. We don't eat right. We don't sit down and play that board game with our kids (with cellphones muted).

You might call it laziness. You might call it self-sabotage. You might call it lack of discipline or willpower. Whatever you call it, here's a helpful hint to make it (whatever it is for you) happen this week...put it on paper.

You'd be amazed what gets done when you make a to-do list or keep a schedule. It gives us great satisfaction when we can tick things off on a to-do list. And schedules make us feel safe. One of our members was awe-struck at how well her week went after sitting down Sunday night and writing down the meals she was going to eat and the days she was going to exercise (she even added in when she was allowed an indulgence and what that indulgence would be).

So, this week try putting something on paper - and see how much easier it is to stick to it.

For Shrink Yourself members...

[more]
For members of our program, I would recommend doing this with all the parts of the program, too. Keep a schedule of when you're going to do things so that you can make the most of all that we're offering you.

For example:

Monday: Guided Session & 10 minutes on Message boards
Tuesday: Weekly Workbook & Group Chat
Wednesday: Message boards
Thursday: Habit Diary Tasks
Friday: Hunger Coach

Put on your schedule the times you're going to to do each and how long you're going to spend. You'll see that if you're committing to working on yourself and the program everyday, it will only amount to about 2 hours a week and you'll see great results.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:25:59 PM | 17 COMMENTS


MONDAY, APRIL 21, 2008

Response to No More Cravings from Dr. Gould

I am so pleased with all of the comments on this first blog. So many of you have said I have hit the nail on the head, this is the issue you know and can identify with, but what is the "cure"? I know the answer,but it took me a book and an online program, to deliver that answer so a simple sound bite won't do it. But let me give it a try anyway, and welcome to the rest of the blogs in this series, where I will do it in more detail. Once eating has become a favored method of soothing, you have to do some work to change that habit. The work is simply learning how to stay with your thoughts and feelings long enough to understand what you are trying to tell yourself. Food shuts down the thinking/feeling process. You have to go in the other direction. The reason we have an online program is to help you become comfortable with your own mind so that you can discover exactly what mental patterns you have to change in order to be at peace with yourself. Once you switch your attention to your own personal development, food becomes secondary. Think of it as a train track switch. Many of the comments above from members describe that switch. Unfortunately one member couldn't make the switch the first time around but I hope she will do it the second time around, and I hope she will ask for our help so we can show her what she might be missing. Changing this pattern permanently requires real personal growth, not just a few tips about some temporary ways to distract yourself. The step by step, therapy like approach, is the only way I know to get there. Stay tuned to the next blog, or read the emotional eating 101 for some more information.

POSTED BY !DR. GOULD! | 11:46:45 AM | 12 COMMENTS


MONDAY, APRIL 21, 2008

Pause and Taste the Feeling, The Feeling That Makes You Eat Too Much

In this third blog I intend to fulfill my promise to you. I promised to introduce you to the one and only technique you will need to engage in a meaningful conversation with yourself about why you eat too much. You simply have to pause every time you recognize you are about to enter an emotional eating episode. The first part of technique is to recognize an emotional eating episode. The second part is to ask yourself why you want to eat too much at that particular moment. That is something you can observe and discover. Not why you want to eat in general, but why you want to eat at that critical moment.

Last week I told you how to recognize the beginning of an emotional eating episode. Here is what I said about the three signs.
[more]
The first is the overpowering urge to binge. It is a sure sign that you want to shut off your mind with food.

The second is an intense hunger when you know the hunger is not for food (you may have just finished a meal and are already physically full). This is a sure sign that you are feeling empty about something and are “emotionally” hungry.

The third is having a mind filled with thoughts about food or worries about weight. These are space occupying mental entities that distract you from thinking about what is really bothering you in life. These are boring repetitive thoughts that weigh down your mind. (There are additional signs, and if you want more, take the quiz on emotional eating on the shrinkyourself.com site.)

Once you spot an emotional eating episode and pause for a moment to reflect, you begin to use your thinking ability, the skill you need to understand yourself and to make decisions about the conduct of your life. If you never pause, the emotional eating habit continues to be carried on by a lower level of your mind. When you pause and ask yourself why am I doing this, you are using the best part of your mind, that part of your divided self that wants to get rid of the unhealthy eating pattern.

But here's where you need a little help. You can get lost in the many "why’s" that you find. You may find that on Monday you need to eat too much because you're bored while on Tuesday you eat too much at the office because you had a spat with a coworker, while on Wednesday you felt ignored by her husband, and so on. That is, your observation brings you to the first level of your journey of understanding, the first “why”.

You simply discovered that you eat to get rid of uncomfortable and painful feelings. You probably already know that but what you don't know what to do about it because you don't understand fully what else you could do. So now the answer to the why a question is a little bit richer. You need to get rid of uncomfortable feelings because you do not know what else to do with those feeling and food gives you relief and a temporary distraction.

That's good but you still have to go on and ask yourself why, as a fully grown adult, you can't find a better way of dealing with these feelings other than to eat too much? If you are able to get this far in your thinking you will notice that you begin to feel helpless and powerless. That’s a truly lousy state of mind, and you will want to run away from it with more food. Try not too, but even if you do, take note of the fact that you have tasted the deep part of the feeling that you want to run away from.

That's as far as you need to go this week. You need to ask yourself this short series of “why” questions every time you enter an emotional eating episode and follow your own thoughts and observations until you discover this state of powerlessness. If you do that this week, next week I'll begin to tell you why you feel powerless, and help you prove to yourself that you are NOT powerless.

That’s the secret change formula we use throughout the Shrink Yourself program. It works.

POSTED BY !DR. GOULD! | 11:44:20 AM | 23 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, APRIL 18, 2008

Michelle on Hot Mom's Club Site

Many of us are women.

Hot Mom's Club is a site that provides information and community for mothers who don't want to sacrifice their sexuality and confidence just because they've had children.

To Read Article click here.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:49:03 AM | 2 COMMENTS


MONDAY, APRIL 14, 2008

3 Reasons You Won’t Lose Weight

Today we are going to discuss the three reasons you won't lose weight: an overpowering urge to binge, an intense hunger when you know the hunger is not for food, and a mind filled with thoughts about food or worries about weight.

The good news: once you learn to control the emotional eating that causes these three obstacles... well, then you can take off the weight -- and keep it off -- for good.

Last week, in the first of this series about emotional eating, I left you with the dilemma of the divided self. One part of you wants to control your weight by eating in a healthy way while the other part of you wants to hold onto food as a form of self medication. You have to resolve this dilemma before you can control your weight.
[more]
Why you eat too much

If you were in treatment with me we would have a conversation about this. I would ask you to explore why you eat too much by observing when you do that. I would have you ask yourself is it because you are bored, or frustrated, or depressed, or anxious, or is it because you are around your family or some other relationship and don't know how to handle your emotions?

But you are not my office and you do not need to be there in order to have a conversation with yourself about these critical issues. With some help you can do it yourself.

To be more accurate you need to have a conversation with many of the selves within you but for our purposes today let's just consider that you have two people inside the same skull. Both skull mates are competing to control how much your hand puts into your mouth.

If these two roommates don't talk to each other they will just alternate in control and you will be a yo-yo dieter. You will diet and lose weight and then your other self will take over and you will gain all the pounds back plus about 10%. You may do this for decades with only fat and frustration as your reward for the thousands of days of dieting deprivation. Wouldn't you be better off talking to your skull mate?

Stop making you binge

Of course you would... but you'll have to learn how to do that. You can't simply tell your skull mate to stop making you binge or eat too much. That part of you does not like to be told what to do and has no interest in giving up food as an emotional relief. That part of you has a mind of its own.

Here is something you should know about your skull mate. He or she won't talk to you in words at the beginning so you have to understand how he or she expresses herself. There are three signature expressions of emotional eating.

The first, is the overpowering urge to binge. It is a sure sign that you want to shut off your mind with food.

The second is an intense hunger when you know the hunger is not for food (you may have just finished a meal and are already physically full). This is a sure sign that you are feeling empty about something and are “emotionally” hungry.

The third is having a mind filled with thoughts about food or worries about weight. These are space occupying mental entities that distract you from thinking about what is really bothering you in life. These are boring repetitive thoughts that weigh down your mind.

This is the knowledge you need to start your conversation with yourself. Every time you feel or think one of these three ways, the other part of you is talking and taking over. Your first task is to observe this and try to understand what is going on within you. Even though you will need more tools to come to a full understanding, you can begin with this knowledge.

In the next part of this series I'll describe a technique you can use to go the next step in your conversation with yourself.

POSTED BY !DR. GOULD! | 10:42:21 AM | 47 COMMENTS


MONDAY, APRIL 07, 2008

No More Cravings: Simple Secret Revealed

I am still taken aback every time I think of the answer a patient once gave me when I asked her WHY she ate half a dozen donuts. She said, "what else could I do?" She couldn't figure out a better way of dealing with the demands of her 16-year-old daughter. She temporarily “lost her mind.” She was paralyzed. She was unable to think like the intelligent adult that she was.

I started asking other patients the same WHY question, and kept on getting the same kind of answer, in one way or another telling me that the strength of a craving, the lure of a binge, or the power of food over them, was overwhelming, and they too “lost their mind” to food.

Emotional Eating: Blessing or Curse?
I heard more and more people tell me that their mind was taken over by thoughts about food and weight. They told me that their mind was “occupied” by a force they couldn’t understand, and what they wanted as much as weight loss was liberation from this preoccupation. In fact, there are 17 million Americans who have this same mental struggle even though they maintain a normal weight.

So why do YOU eat too much after you have committed to a diet and told yourself you are not going to do that anymore? On one level the answer is simple and obvious. You eat too much when you think you HAVE to use food to reduce your stress level or get away from some uncomfortable feeling or thought because you BELIEVE that you don’t have any other way of doing that. Then food becomes a tranquilizer; an instant, always available, medication that shuts down your mind. At those moments emotional eating is a BLESSING.

But when those moments pass, and you realize you have a bad habit of using food as a tranquilizer TOO often, and you understand that this is the single most sabotaging factor in your weight control struggle that makes you break your diet every time, then you know that emotional eating is a CURSE, and you spend a lot of mental energy beating yourself up.

And if this habit of emotional eating is too embedded in your life, it is even more of a CURSE because on some level you understand that this habit so overloads your mind with obsessive thoughts about food and weight, that you can hardly think of anything else. It is a very bad eating habit that distracts you from vigorously pursuing your own personal development and the betterment of your relationships because it uses up too much mental oxygen. It is the addictive habit that causes binge eating and bulimia.

Control Your Binges
If you have struggled with your weight and quit as many diets as you started you are very familiar with what I have just described. Your problem is that you have not yet decided whether emotional eating is a BLESSING or a CURSE. On one hand you desperately want to control your eating; and on the other hand you want to be able to binge when the craving becomes so strong that you feel helpless and think to yourself, "what else could I do?"

You have a divided self because it is BOTH a blessing and a curse for you. You will be at peace with yourself about food and weight only after you have resolved the divided self conflict within you. If you don't resolve this conflict you won't be in charge of yourself and no matter how successful you are at losing weight by any diet, you'll always be worried about regaining it.

Large scale research on dieters tells us that you are in one of three equally large groups.

1.You only want a quick fix, fast-loss diet which means you would rather go through another cycle of weight loss and regaining than deal with this divided self conflict.

2. You have given up on all diets or weight loss approaches which means you have decided that emotional eating is too much of blessing to ever think of giving it up.

3. You recognize you need to make real lifestyle changes in regard to food which means you recognize emotional eating is more a curse than a blessing and you are looking for ways to resolve this divided self conflict.

I know this conflict very well. As a psychiatrist I have studied this with my own patients, written a book, and then created a program that has been used successfully by over 14,000 people. For those in the third group who are looking for lifestyle change, emotional eating can be controlled if one takes a careful step-by-step approach, at each step learning a critical piece of insight, and eventually replacing the initial helplessness thought "what else could I do" with the in-charge person who says “look at all the other ways I can handle this stress.” Then a new sense of personal power naturally emerges, and the cravings that were so strong in the past, actually disappear.

The discovery I have made is not that there is such a thing as emotional eating. We all know that. The discovery is that there is actually a way to replace the “blessing” of food with much better ways of handling life’s challenges. When you learn that well enough to act on it, your conflict is resolved, and the “curse” is gone; the "occupied" part of your mind is liberated.

In the next series of blog posts, I will tell you how that is happening right now with some of my patients and the members of my Shrink Yourself program.

POSTED BY !DR. GOULD! | 1:49:41 PM | 31 COMMENTS


MONDAY, MARCH 31, 2008

The Pain-Body and The Feeling Phobia (A Series on The New Earth by Eckart Tolle)


Many members of Shrink Yourself have shared that they’re reading The New Earth (who isn’t?). They were amazed to discover how much the ideas of The New Earth correspond to what they’ve read in Shrink Yourself or learned in our program. I thought I would write a series of blog posts on how the two relate to one another. If you comment on this post, I’ll address things directly in future blog posts.

I thought I’d start with a discussion of the Pain-Body and how it relates to Emotional Eating since many of you are doing the online course on the New Earth and that is the subject for tonight’s program.

Eckart Tolle defines the Pain-Body as “an addiction to unhappiness.” It’s the part of us that contains all of our past hurts not just from our own experiences but from the lives of our ancestors, our gender, and even our culture. In Shrink Yourself, we call the fear of feeling anything uncomfortable, The Feeling Phobia. This fear sends people looking for the comfort of food.

When you begin to realize how much you carry around in your Pain-Body you can begin to understand why you have a Feeling Phobia. You’re not just afraid of what’s happened to you in your life, you’re afraid of carrying the sadness, rage and frustration of an eternity. If you’ve proved to yourself that eating keeps that pain at bay you can see how a dependence on food develops. You eat because you’ve proved to yourself that it works as a soothing balm. However, it’s a balm that comes at a price. It’s the price of your health and your ability to face life head on.

When you begin to realize that you have a Pain-Body but that you aren’t your Pain-Body your need to run from negative feelings into the comfort of food will lessen. You’ll start to see when a tidal wave of negative emotion is sweeping over you. This awareness is what we teach you how to develop in the Shrink Yourself program so that you no longer run from that wave of emotion into a pint of ice-cream but instead observe it, disconnect from it and recover your power so you can create a fulfilling life (instead of a full stomach).

Stay Tuned: The next blog on The New Earth will be about The Voice in Your Head that Tells You to Eat.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 4:43:54 PM | 17 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, MARCH 19, 2008

The Moral of the Story is Care

Maurice Sendak’s book Pierre tells the story of a little boy who says, “I don’t care “ to everything. When a lion shows up threatening to eat Pierre and Pierre retorts his usual, “I don’t care.” The lion eats him. The moral of the story is, care.

So often I hear people who struggle with their weight say, I saw the piece of cake and a voice inside me said, “I don’t care, I’ll just eat it.” Or [they’ll tell me,] I sat there with the whole box of Samoa Girl Scout Cookies and heard myself say, “ I don’t care, I’ll eat the whole box. After all Girl Scout Cookie season doesn’t come around again till next year.” Or getting ready for the gym and that same voice will say, “I don’t care if I never wear a bathing suit again, I’ll just sit here and watch Oprah.”

I’m here to tell you not to believe that voice. The truth is that you do care. You care very much. That’s why you’ve tried diet after diet and that’s why you looked for and found our website, book or online program.

Human beings feign disinterest when something feels too hard. If you have a child you’ve probably heard them say, “I don’t care if I never ride bike.” “I don’t care if those kids invite me to their party.” They care very much but they’re afraid of failing, and so are you.

It’s not that you don’t care, it’s that you feel defeated. And why shouldn’t you, diets set you up to fail because they don’t offer you the information you need to lose the weight you want. You don’t need an eating plan. You don’t need someone to tell you that a box full of caramel coated cookies isn’t good for you. You know all that.

What you need is to find your hope again by seeing real change. The kind of change you’re looking for in your body begins in your mind. It begins with a conviction to care. Care for your health. Care for your self-esteem. Care for your future. When you care you can stay true to yourself in the moment and make better choices.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 7:39:11 PM | 13 COMMENTS


MONDAY, MARCH 03, 2008

Being an Adult is the Best Kept Secret

Many of the roots of Emotional Eating lie in a fear to face our feelings, to take responsibility for our bodies, and to delay gratification. These are all examples of The Rebellious Self (which we discuss in Week 11 of the online program or The Rebellious Layer chapter in the book).

When we feel stuck in life it's often a symptom of the Rebellious Self. The Rebellious Self is the part of our minds that is selfish, spiteful, willful or defiant. In other words, childlike. For anyone who has a child, they understand that what seems like anger is often fear.

The way you take the hand of that frightened child inside of yourself and help him/her grow up is by acting "as if" you're an adult. Do the things that adults do and you'll become one.

They say that growing up is hard to do which is why most of us are willing to avoid it any cost. But when we begin to help ourselves grow up our lives improve. And as adults, we can make responsible choices about what we eat.

Being an adult gives us the chance to have a say about how our lives go and how our bodies look.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:35:03 PM | 23 COMMENTS


SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 23, 2008

Oscar Snacks

People who are trying to make good food choices keep asking, "What can I snack on while I watch the oscars?"

Here are some suggestions:

Baby carrots with salsa.
Dried apple rings.
Celery filled with low-fat laughing cow cheese.
Grilled chicken skewers.
Almonds.
Apples and Brie wrapped in smoked turkey.
A box of clementines (they're in season now).
Popsicles.
Air-popped popcorn.

Just to name a few.

Feel free to add to this list by clicking on comments below.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:08:56 PM | 7 COMMENTS


MONDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 2008

The Devil You Know

On Saturday in The Los Angeles Times there was an article about the law that New York is proposing that fast food restaurants post the calorie contents of foods next to them on the menu. If you knew the triple cheeseburger with extra bacon you were about to eat had 1,200 calories would it deter you from eating it? Or would it make you just feel more guilty for eating it?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:17:37 AM | 20 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 08, 2008

Prepare for Valentine's Day

Let the Love Begin Today

“When I lose the weight I’ll….” fill in the blank. Dress more fashionably, have better sex, flirt, enjoy my own company. We know you have a running list of your own.

Valentine’s Day can be a day to dread. If you have a partner, it can be a day of high expectations followed by big disappointments. If you’re single the day can exaggerate your loneliness and inflate your longing. If you still haven’t lost the weight you want to lose, these feelings can be even worse. And what do all those feelings (coupled with easy access to chocolate) do? They lead you to overeat. So, what’s the answer?

You can let the love begin today. This Valentine’s Day, be your own valentine (whether or not you have a lover in your life). Everyone hates being told to love themselves first and yet there’s some truth to that old cliché. When you remember that you’re a unique person then every breath of a cardiovascular workout is a way to nurture your precious heart, a heart that keeps the irreplaceable you alive. Eating healthy food changes from an act of deprivation to an act of adoration—for yourself. These choices become the everyday ways you express love for yourself.

If you can predict the problems of Valentine’s Day (or any other feared day), you can prevent them.

If you’re partnered:

• Be explicit with your beloved about what you want. Set them up to win and then be thankful (we think it won’t feel as good if we have to ask for what we want but you’d be surprised).
• If the day is generally celebrated with decadent food and desserts make plans to do something else instead (a shared bath or a moonlit walk).
• If you’ve been withholding sex because your weight makes you feel unattractive, conjure up a moment in your mind when you felt good about yourself, and use that memory to ignite a seduction. Remember that voluptuous women from Marilyn Monroe to Camryn Manheim to Queen Latifah simply know how to use their size and sexuality to their advantage.

If you’re single:
• Give yourself the gift of a sensual pleasure (a massage, a pedicure, a restorative yoga class).
• Plan something fun with another single friend (for years I went to a fancy restaurant with my best friend followed by a rented movie – in those years I never felt sad to be without a date).
• Make Valentine’s cards (for your single friends and one for yourself, too).


In short, don’t wait for that someday when you lose the weight to start loving yourself or letting people love you. Start today. When you are full of love, you don’t look for food nearly as much. This Valentine’s Day we give you permission to binge but let it be a binge on love.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:03:41 PM | 2 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, JANUARY 08, 2008

How To Look Good Naked

Most of you know that I don't have television.

Luckily, some things find you. Yesterday, I watched a screener of How to Look Good Naked http://www.mylifetime.com/on-tv/shows/how-look-good-naked, Lifetime's new reality show. It is a terrific show for people attempting to lose weight to watch.

I have always said that, "you don't get happy when you lose the weight, you find your happiness and then you're able to take loving actions towards yourself like eating right and exercising." This show will help you do that. It's remarkable.

I was moved to tears by how much we women shame ourselves for not looking like the pictures we see in magazines (by the way, I worked at an advertising agency where I literally watched our art directors thin arms and thighs and remove cellulite from photos of celebrities we spend our time wishing we looked like) and in doing so, we fail to see how lovely we already are.

It's fine to want to lose weight (it is undeniably healthier to exercise and eat well) but please, do it as an act of love for the wonderful, beautiful person you already are as opposed to doing it so you can be accepted by a perfection-obsessed society.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:40:54 AM | 5 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, JANUARY 04, 2008

Happy New Year!

Everyone has the New Year's Resolution to take better care of themselves.

This year be slow and steady about it rather than looking for a quick fix.

Even Weight Watchers is suggesting to go on a Diet Diet - take a break from dieting and make a permanent change in your lives.

One way to help yourself is to consider the people around you. This study published in the New York Times

http://www.nytimes.com/2007/07/26/health/26fat.html?
_r=3&adxnnl=1&oref=slogin&pagewanted=1
&adxnnlx=1199469967-pDi8Cm3BIWmWafUf4oMtTA

suggests that people gain weight in groups and lose weight in groups. Your friends bodies actually determine what yours looks like.

This doesn't mean you should cut off your overweight friends but it might help if you make a pact with the people around you to help each other keep your promises in the New Year. Go on walks together instead
of meeting for lunch, cook healthy food for one another, etc.

Support is an essential component to making changes.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:28:36 AM | 3 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, DECEMBER 20, 2007

Chair Yoga: Soothe Yourself Right in Your Seat

One less reason to make an excuse about exercise.

Here is a great FREE online instructional about how to do yoga in a chair.

You can reap all the benefits of yoga even if you have mobility issues.

Take a look: http://hillarysyogapractice.wordpress.com

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 7:09:38 AM | 2 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, DECEMBER 14, 2007

It's Not Just What You Eat That Makes You Fat: It's What You Drink

For some emotional eaters the thing that they reach for when they
need relief or reward is not food, but drinks (especially for people
that have had Lap Band Surgery). Maybe you reach for a caramel latte
or a coke.

Read this article and reconsider the cost of what you drink.

Click here to read the article.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 7:15:25 AM | 1 COMMENTS


SUNDAY, DECEMBER 09, 2007

Meditation for Weight Loss

Meditation is extremely helpful for Emotional Eaters because emotional eating is used as a way to dial down intense feelings. Meditation teaches you how to turn the volume down on uncomfortable feelings. Once you get good at it, you won't need food nearly as much.

Meditation can seem overwhelming to some people and very serious but it doesn't have to be.

If anxiety is what makes you overeat:
Try a simple form of meditation like yogic breathing, chanting, or simply following your breath.

If depression is what makes you overeat:
Try something joyful that incorporates movement like walking in nature, watching funny movies, or dancing.

If you're overwhelmed by too many thoughts and that makes you overeat:
Try a needle craft like knitting, journal writing, something that gets you into your body (sports, dance, tai chi, yoga)

If the lack of sex in your life makes you overeat:
Try something that provides euphoric escape like drumming, chanting, or dancing.

If boredom makes you overeat:
Try scrapbooking, collage, coloring in a coloring book (any of these can be done to music)

If anger makes you overeat:
Try deep-breathing or journaling.

If negative self-talk and self-doubts make you overeat:
Try a mantra practice with positive self-talk messages.

If you want anymore information on any of these types of meditation leave a comment here, google it , or start a thread on our message boards. Committing to a meditation practice will make a huge difference in your efforts to lose weight and live a more fulfilling life.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:29:08 PM | 13 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, DECEMBER 04, 2007

How Stress Makes You Flabby

Studies are starting to prove what we at Shrink Yourself have been
trying to tell you all along: Stress Makes You Flabby.

In a recent study rats who were under stress but ate the same diet as
other rates, gained weight. Simply put, when you're stressed out
there are hormones produced in the body that make you hold onto extra
weight, especially in the abdomen. To read the full article that
appeared in Sunday's Parade Magazine, click here.

So, the obvious question is how can you reduce your stress. Here are
a few ways:

1. Don't Bury Feelings
2. Get Support
3. Learn to Say, "No" Instead of Over Extending Yourself (By the way,
"No." is a complete sentence - you don't need to explain)
4. Meditate (for more information about meditating - come back later
this week to read about the best meditation for weight loss)

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 7:08:06 AM | 4 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 2007

5 Reasons Your Partner Makes You Fat

Human Beings turn to food to fill them up when they’re empty. This happens when they’re biologically hungry but it also happens when they’re emotionally hungry. Emotional Eating is the number one reason that diets fail. One area where many people fall short in their level of satisfaction is in their romantic lives.

Read below to determine if your relationship issues could be affecting your weight.

1. They don't provide sweetness, so you look for it somewhere else.

Not to be so literal about things but human beings crave sweetness in life. When asking for affection, lovers say to each other, “give me some sugar.” In a recent study, Rats preferred sugar to cocaine. The sweetness that you long for is love, tenderness, sex, and affection. Oftentimes, when partners fall short of proving those things, people look to sweets instead. If you’re missing the “sugar” in your relationship some of your weight gain could be related.

2. There's something you want to say but you stuff it in with food.

Expressing how you feel in a way that is effective is challenging even for the most mature and evolved people. Many people keep their feelings bottled up. A recent study published in The New York Times revealed how detrimental it is to women’s health to keep their emotions inside. Food can be the perfect aid to keeping words inside. People have even said that they “shove food in to keep angry words from coming out.” If you’re afraid to express yourself you could be keeping your unspoken words down with food.


3. You eat to keep them company.

Many people work different schedules. A woman might eat with her children at 5:00 PM and then eat again with her partner when they get home from work a few hours later. Maybe you don’t want to feel left out or you don’t want your partner to eat alone. There are other ways to keep them company. You can have a tea or coffee. And remember, if you’re not busy chewing, you get to do most of the talking while they listen and eat.

4. They have a different metabolism than you - and you resent it.

Your partner may be able to eat whatever they want and not gain a pound, while you simply look at food and gain ten pounds. This is unfair but a reality of life. People have different metabolisms. Don’t use someone else’s biological make-up to make yourself feel cheated. Part of growing up is realizing that we all work in different ways and need different things to thrive.

5. You eat to get back at them.

When you see it on paper it might not make sense but many people eat things to punish their partners. They know that their partner wants them to lose weight and they’re not giving in. Eating is the way they assert their independence or punish a partner for bad behavior.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:06:56 AM | 11 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 2007

Sugar, More Addictive Than Cocaine.

In the Los Angeles Times on Saturday November 10th there was an article (Denise Gellene) about the addictive nature of sugar. One of the members of our community shared this article with me and I think it's so important so I'm going to share it with you.
-------------------------
Researchers have learned that rats overwhelmingly prefer water sweetened with saccharin to cocaine, a finding that demonstrates the addictive potential of sweets.

Offering larger doses of cocaine did not alter the rats' preference for saccharin, according to the report.

Scientists said the study, presented this week in San Diego at the annual meeting of the Society for Neuroscience, might help explain the rise in human obesity, which has been driven in part by an over consumption of sugary foods.

In the experiment, 43 rats were placed in cages with two levers, one of which delivered an intravenous does of cocaine and the other a sip of highly sweetened water. At the end of the 15-day trial, 40 of the rat consistently chose saccharin instead of water.

When sugar water was substituted for the saccharin solution the results were the same, researchers said.

Further testing subjected 24 cocaine-addicted rats to a similar trial. At the end of 10 days, the majority of them preferred saccharin.

"Intense sweetness is more rewarding to the rats than cocaine," said coauthor Magalie Lenoir of the University of Bordeaux in France. 'Excess sugar could increase levels of the brain chemical dopamine, leading to a craving for sweets," she said.

Lenoir said mammalian taste receptors evolved in an environment that lacked sugar and so were not adapted to the high concentrations of sweets found in the modern diet. Excess sugar could increase levels of dopamine, she said, leading to a craving for sweet.

Cocaine also increases dopamine, she said, but through a different brain mechanism.


Sweets beg you to eat more sweets. By eliminating sugar (and sugar substitutes) you can lose a great deal of weight. The cravings will be bad at first but I can attest to the fact that after about two weeks they go away completely.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 8:32:55 PM | 7 COMMENTS


SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 04, 2007

Lessons Learned on Halloween (for Next Year)

If you are like me, you've probably eaten a few more Halloween candies than you wanted to but less than you ate last year or the year before that.

Here are a few ideas to help you (from myself and other Shrink Yourself members) next year.

1. If you have trick or treaters that come to your home buy a type of candy that you know kids would like but that you're not tempted to eat. Rather than getting Reese's Peanut Butter Cups and Almond Joys get Spongebob Gummies and Extra Sour Candies.

2. At our house we implement something called the Switch Witch. My son gets about 10 lbs. (I kid you not) of candy from Trick or Treating. He can eat 10 pieces on Halloween night. He can save 10 pieces for after Halloween. Then the rest gets put out on the porch where "the switch witch" takes it and trades it for a toy, or dvd, or game. This saves us every day negotiations about how much candy can be eaten and saves me late night rummaging in his candy bag. As for the candy, it gets given away to someone who is not tempted by the idea of having pounds of candy in their home.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:40:06 PM | 1 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 01, 2007

Diet and Cancer Report

The world cancer research fund has issued a report on the links between diet and cancer. Their vision is to help people make choices that reduce their chances of developing cancer. The findings of their study were quite significant. While smoking cessation is the biggest preventer of cancer (30%). It is followed up by weight loss. If you lose weight, even as little as ten pounds, you begin to reduce your risk of getting cancer by 20%.


Leaving behind all of the cosmetic reasons to lose weight, this study proves how important weight loss is to cancer prevention.


Losing weight not only makes you look and feel better but can prevent illness. If you're on our site, you already know that losing weight is not as simple as it sounds. Understanding and overcoming emotional eating is the missing link you've been looking for to lose weight for the rest or your life and for healthy living.


To read the full report: http://www.dietandcancerreport.org

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:20:51 PM | 1 COMMENTS


MONDAY, OCTOBER 22, 2007

Nighttime Eating

I posted this on our message boards in response to a question about nighttime eating. Since eating at night is so common I thought it bore repeating.

If you are a person who struggles with overeating at night - you'll need to ask yourself some questions.

What does the night represent for you?

Are you lonely?
Do you wish you were with a lover?
Are you dreading another day of work?
Are you overwhelmed by the mess you see around you?
Do you have a partner who makes you feel even more lonely because you
don't connect with them in the way that you want to be?

It's asking yourself these kinds of questions that will break the code on why you overeat at night.

If you haven't visiting our message boards yet, let me be the first to invite you. People that use message boards to get support have great success losing weight.

They're free and full of supportive people who are learning how to overcome nighttime eating and many other forms of overeating.

Click here to register for the message boards.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 7:26:46 AM | 14 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 2007

Women: Don't Keep Your Feelings Bottled Up

A recent study revealed that women who keep their feelings bottled up when arguing with a spouse are more likely to experience health problems (including death) than men who keep their feelings bottled up. Click here to read the article.

This is yet another indicator of how important it is to understand your feelings and learn how to speak them responsibly.

Emotional eaters use overeating as a tool to help them silence their feelings. People have even told us things like, "I stuff my mouth with food so angry words don't come out." There is a toll that keeping feelings in takes (beyond gaining weight). It affects your health in profound ways.

When you're tempted to overeat, ask yourself is there something that needs to be coming out of my mouth, instead of putting food in?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:42:25 AM | 6 COMMENTS


MONDAY, OCTOBER 08, 2007

Quinoa (A Great Grain for Losing Weight)

I have written a lot about Quinoa on the message boards. For those of you who are not familiar with it - it's a great grain to lose weight.

Qinoa is an ancient grain that originated in Peru. It's gluten free and high in protein.
You cook it two to one - just like rice.
You can even cook it in your rice cooker.
It's very healthy, delicious and cooks up quickly.

Use it in a salad (like Tabbouleh), serve it instead of rice, stir in some olive oil and grated Pecorino for a great risotto alternative.

For people that are attempting to lose weight it's best to avoid gluten (and any simple carbohydrate). Replace rice, pasta, bread an potatoes with things made out of the following four grains (quinoa, millet, buckwheat and amaranth).

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 12:08:10 PM | 8 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 25, 2007

Oprah Interview

In an interview Oprah once said that when they say, "God only gives you what you can handle, they're not just talking about suffering, they're talking about the good stuff, too."

Are you ready to be a success? Do you think you're worth it? Are you ready to be thin? To reveal your whole self to the world without the safety that extra weight provides?

This may sound like an easy question but you'd be surprised how many people tell us just how terrified of success they are.


POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 8:59:42 PM | 6 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 11, 2007

Fat: A Protective Coating

Fat can actually serve to protect us from things we don't know how to otherwise handle. On most days, my emotional eating habit is in check. I have learned to manage my feelings without using food for comfort. However, I, like most other emotional eaters, have certain themes, emotions or areas of my life, where it's difficult to cope without food. On a recent trip home to visit family, I immediately put on 7lbs. It almost seemed like I stepped into a new, heavier, dare I say safer, body. Despite the fact that I'm in my thirties, I still feel like a little girl when my parents fight. I built a little house around myself so I could bear with being in their house.

Fat can protect you from all kinds of things. It can protect you from a spouse you don't want to be too close to but don't have the courage to leave. It can protect you from admiring glances. It can protect you from taking risk. And conversely, when you find a way to provide yourself with real protection, the kind that only comes from knowing yourself, many people report a feeling that they describe as "stepping out of a fat suit."

Has fat been protecting you from anything? How could you learn to protect yourself?

I've decided that my next trip home will be shorter. In the meantime, the seven pounds have fallen off. I'm safe at home again.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:54:04 PM | 5 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 06, 2007

Leslie Sansone - If You Live In A Dangerous Place - Walk in the Safety of Your Home

If you're taking a "no excuses" approach to weight loss, you can always find some way around your obstacles. Yes, it's true that if you live in an unsafe neighborhood you might not want to walk or run outside, but Leslie Sansone's DVDs give you no excuse. You can walk right in the comfort of your own home.

Remember, when there is a will, there is a way. And necessity is the mother of invention. Find a way to make exercise work for you. It doesn't have to look a certain way. it can be chopping wood, gardening, dancing.

Today, I jumped on a trampoline for twenty minutes with my seven-year old son. He can be quite challenging but suddenly there we were in a moment when I wasn't correcting him. We were just having fun, jumping, and laughing. And in the end he was chanting, "I love my Mama." I got to play with my son (something that is difficult for me to do sometimes) and I didn't even realize I was exercising at the same time.

What way can you make exercising fun today?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:58:19 PM | 2 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, AUGUST 28, 2007

A National Plan That Misses The Point

In an article on CNN today which called for a national plan to address obesity they cited two simple ways for people to lose weight:
"closing their mouth, going for a walk. It's the world's easiest diet plan." If it was so easy, why are millions of Americans having such a hard time. Doesn't anyone see that eat less and exercise more doesn't work for one very simple reason; it's not what you eat, it's why you eat.


Why are Americans suffering?
Why are we stuffing down our sorrows with food?
Why can't we help ourselves, and each other, feel better without eating ourselves into obesity?


If you want to read the whole article, click here.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 6:11:43 AM | 6 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 22, 2007

What Will I Think About If I'm Not Obsessed with Food?

If you struggle with your weight, you know that the time spent thinking about food can be extensive. You think about what you're going to eat or how you wish you hadn't eaten. You think about how awful you feel about getting dressed. You wonder what people think about you. All this thinking take up a lot of time. It's time you could be thinking about other things. And that's just the thing that scares a lot of people. A lot of people tell us that they're afraid to free up their thinking time. This fear can actually keep you from losing weight. It's so powerful it can have you sabotage yourself.

Avoiding real problems makes them seem bigger than they are. It also makes you depend on the distraction of food a lot more.

Begin to teach yourself to think about things that feed you emotionally - art, nature, great movies, books, interactions with friends and family. Then, when you're not thinking about food, your mind will be accustomed to thinking about things that enliven you.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 8:42:30 AM | POST A COMMENT


MONDAY, AUGUST 13, 2007

Shrink Yourself in Psychology Today (August Issue)

To read an article by Matthew Hutson about Shrink Yourself in the August issue of Psychology Today cut and paste the following link:

http://www.psychologytoday.com/articles/pto-20070723-000002.html

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:05:50 PM | 1 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, AUGUST 03, 2007

The Sum of What Our Program Does

One of our online members gave me permission to post this message she put up on our boards.

I love this on line program and the book. I have really begun to listen to myself and deal with issues. My husband works night shift sometimes and was off last night. He loves baseball (okay TV) and I felt ignored. Get this! Instead of running to the fridge I recognized what was going on, acknowledged my feelings and didn't say something dumb like "all you do is watch TV". I said something smart, I miss you! Which was really what I was feeling. Wow, he was ready to turn the TV off. That worked so much better than eating everything in the house and then hating myself afterwards, not to mention the problem would have still been there and the feelings unresolved.


The thing that this program helps you do is to realize that getting full on food, never gets you fulfilled by life.
This program teaches you that overeating not only gives you a body you're unhappy with, but it interrupts your best thinking. By choosing a quick fix instead of something that gets to the root of a problem, your life doesn't move forward.

As you can see from the member's post above she got clear about what she was feeling (she missed her husband). She didn't eat to manage feeling ignored. She didn't nag or criticize him. She simply expressed her true feeling. That's something that her husband was able to respond to.

This program is not just about recovering your power over food, it's about having a life you love.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 5:59:26 AM | 3 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, JULY 24, 2007

Losing Weight Karate Kid Style

Do you remember in the Karate Kid when Mr. Miyagi asked Daniel to paint the fence, and wax on and wax off? After a week of doing Mr. Miyagi's chores Daniel was pretty frustrated. Mr. Miyagi quickly quelled his frustrations by proving that while he was performing these chores he was learning the fundamentals of karate.

People often ask me how I've lost my weight and kept it off. It was more of a change of lifestyle. I learned to put my clothes away at the end of the night, I learned to clean up while I cook instead of after, I learned to pay my bills on time, you get the idea. The better I got at managing the simple details of my life, the better I got at eating right. I made this connection yesterday to Dr. Gould in a meeting we were having. And then, in an act of serendipity this article appeared on CNN yesterday (http://www.cnn.com/2007/LIVING/personal/06/29/in.your.head/index.html) that detailed that people who achieved long term weight loss had a complete shift in lifestyle which included being more organized and detail oriented. Making those kinds of shifts actually alters your brain in a way that allows you to be more disciplined about eating right.

I would like you to take on the challenge of learning to lose weight in alternative ways. Try any one of the following things:

1. Organize all those loose photos you have in albums.
2. Keep your house clean.
3. Clear out the closets and the garage of things you don't use anymore.
4. Pay your bills on time.
5. Clean away any clutter.

Doing these things and doing them consistently will make it easier to lose weight. Give it a try.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:25:54 AM | 11 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, JULY 20, 2007

By 2015 75% of Americans will be Overweight

According to researchers at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health's Center for Human Nutrition by the year 2015 75% of Americans will be overweight and 41% will be obese.

This statistic doesn't have to become the inevitable future of our country. We can change but the answers aren't in the food pyramid they're inside of us.

What are we really hungry for?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:09:51 PM | 3 COMMENTS


MONDAY, JULY 16, 2007

Resistance to the Idea of Emotional Eating

Our work with thousands of people has shown us that emotional eating is the number one reason that people break their diets. Here are some of the reasons that we've seen people have to explore before they could understand the idea of emotional eating and stop letting it sabotage their dieting success.

*I just have to finish the food on my plate
*I don't want to waste food
*I don't care anymore
*Nothings going to change so why bother trying
*I have a metabolism problem
*Everyone in my family is fat
*I'd upset a loved one if I didn't eat

If you hear yourself saying anyone of these things, use some of our free tools and get to the bottom of why you've been overeating. For me, the thing that I always said was "I just don't care anymore." That became my justification for eating whatever I wanted. The truth was that I cared deeply but I was just too afraid of failing one more time.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 6:54:31 PM | 3 COMMENTS


MONDAY, JULY 16, 2007

Shrink Yourself on MSN

Read an excerpt from Shrink Yourself on the MSN website posted today:


Click here

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:38:47 AM | POST A COMMENT


TUESDAY, JULY 10, 2007

Fat: A Perfect Hiding Place

In the later weeks of our online program and in The Shrink Yourself book Dr. Gould covers the subconscious reasons that people secretly want to stay fat. Of course, you don't feel like you want to stay overweight (I didn't think I did either) but somewhere inside you the safety seeking part of you does. This makes losing weight tricky. It makes people put weight back on when they get close to reaching their goal weight. It makes people that have lost all the weight they want put it back on plus more. Losing weight can feel like taking away a security blanket but as one of our members once said, "once you begin to live a life you love, fat just feels like a useless blanket you're hiding beneath."

Here are a few reasons people keep weight on - see if any resonate with you:

*to avoid sexual attention (from a partner or strangers who seem predatory)
*to punish someone
*so that people's expectations of you are not too high
*to see if people really love you for who you are (to test love)

These are just a few, you can read more in the Safety, Rebellion and Emptiness chapters of the Shrink Yourself book.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:57:48 PM | 10 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, JULY 05, 2007

Stress + Junk Food = Obesity ** Break The Toxic Equation

Way to Shrink, Grow Fat Is Found
By Rob Stein

Scientists reported yesterday that they have uncovered a biological switch by which stress can promote obesity, a discovery that could help explain the world's growing weight problem and lead to new ways to melt flab and manipulate fat for cosmetic purposes.

In the article (see link above) published last week in The Washington Post it revealed that a new study at Georgetown University has nailed down the biochemistry of how obesity happens in mice, with the good likelihood that this is precisely what happens in humans. The key culprit is stress. Stress plus a junk food diet (high-fat, high-sugar) creates obesity, not simply a junk food diet alone. Mice that were subjected to stress and fed a junk food diet gained twice as much fat as mice that were fed the same diet but not subjected to stress. It was the worst kind of fat that was gained. Abdominal fat laced with hormones that leads to various illnesses (high blood pressure, diabetes, high cholesterol).

The authors of this study were optimistic because the findings suggested an injection of something that blocks neuropeptide Y, a chemical messenger produced by nerves in the body that stimulates fat growth, would inhibit weight gain. Yes, that might work and we can wait for them to develop such an injection. However, the authors of the article didn’t even consider a far simpler solution. There are two options. The first is to abstain from junk food. However, as you might already know, this can be difficult because of the calming effects of eating certain foods. The second is to teach people how to manage their stress and their fat cells will not be stimulated to grow. But how?

Stress is ubiquitous. We can’t propose eliminating stress but you can break the addictive pattern of using junk food to manage stress. This is what Shrink Yourself has been teaching people to do. Once that connection is broken, you can learn more efficient ways to manage the inevitable stress of everyday life.

When food is removed as a stress management coping mechanism, you can make sensible food choices and lose weight. That’s how you break the addiction to junk food. Our programs interrupt both factors in the toxic combination of stress and fatty foods and the obesity they create.

To Read the complete article in The Washington Post click here:
Way to Shrink, Grow Fat is Found

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 3:35:21 PM | 4 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, JUNE 28, 2007

Look Out For Articles By Dr. Gould

You can read articles by Dr. Roger Gould in the July, 2007 issue of Good Housekeeping and the August, 2007 issue of Psychology Today.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:11:24 PM | 1 COMMENTS


MONDAY, JUNE 25, 2007

Is It Too Late to Lose the Weight?

I get asked this question by people that have struggled with their weight all the time. People worry that their overeating pattern is so engrained that it can never be changed. People worry that if they do lose the weight that their skin will hang and the world will know that they were once fat. People worry that they just won’t be able to bear another failure.

It is NEVER too late.

The part of a movie or television show that is always the most moving is when someone the main character believed to be unsupportive finally comes around. The wife in Evan Almighty. The father in Billy Elliot. Dr. Bailey on Grey’s Anatomy.

In the best stories, in the eleventh hour someone shows up and no matter how many times they failed before, we cheer. It’s just that the person you’re waiting to show up for you, is you.

It’s NEVER too late to show up for yourself. You can lose the weight.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:11:36 PM | 5 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, JUNE 19, 2007

Depression & Anxiety Affect The Outcome of Obesity Surgeries

In an article in The Santa Monica Daily Press published on June 17, 2006 it detailed how a federally funded research study determined that obese people suffering from depression and anxiety lose less weight after obesity surgery.

It outlined the importance of treating emotional issues before expecting weight loss success.

Whether you are attempting to lose weight through the most common regime (diet and exercise) or the most extreme (surgery) this article is a reminder of the fact that it's a prerequisite to dieting sucess to exercise your mind before your body.

I have said this before but it's worth repeating. When you feel good about yourself, that's when you're ready to set yourself up to succeed on any healthy eating plan you choose.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 12:31:13 PM | 3 COMMENTS


MONDAY, JUNE 11, 2007

Are You An Emotional Eater? (An Excerpt from Shrink Yourself)

To find out if you’re an emotional eater, answer the following seven questions:
The last time you ate too much:

1. Did you notice your hunger coming on fast, or did it grow gradually?
2. When you got hungry, did you feel an almost desperate need to eat something right away?
3. When you ate, did you pay attention to what went in your mouth, or did you just stuff it in?
4. When you got hungry, would any nutritious food have sufficed, or did you need a certain type of food or treat to satisfy yourself?
5. Did you feel guilty after you ate?
6. Did you eat when you were emotionally upset or experiencing feelings of “emptiness”?
7. Did you stuff in the food very quickly?

Let’s see how you did.
1. Emotional hunger comes on suddenly while physical hunger develops slowly. Physical hunger begins with a tummy rumble, then it becomes a stronger grumble, and finally it evolves into hunger pangs, but it’s a slow process, very different from emotional hunger, which has a sudden, dramatic onset.
2. Unlike physical hunger, emotional hunger demands food immediately, and it wants immediate satisfaction. Physical hunger, on the other hand, will wait for food.
3. A difference between physical and emotional hunger involves mindfulness. To satisfy physical hunger, you normally make a deliberate choice about what you consume, and you maintain awareness of what you eat. You notice how much you put in your mouth so that you can stop when you’re full. Emotional hunger, in contrast, rarely notices what’s being eaten. If you have emotional hunger, you’ll want more food even after you’re stuffed.
4. Emotional hunger often demands particular foods in order to be fulfilled. If you’re physically hungry, even carrots will look delicious. If you’re emotionally hungry, however, only cake or ice cream or your particular preferred indulgence will seem appealing.
5. Emotional hunger often results in guilt or promises to do better next time. Physical hunger has no guilt attached to it, because you know you ate in order to maintain health and energy.
6. Emotional hunger results from some emotional trigger. Physical hunger results from a physiological need.
7. When you are feeding physical hunger, you can eat your food and savor each bite, but when you eat to fulfill emotional hunger you stuff the food in. All of a sudden you look down and the whole pint of ice cream is gone.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:44:57 PM | 6 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, JUNE 08, 2007

Dr. Gould on the Huffington Post

Click the link to read an article by Dr. Gould on the Huffington Post:

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/roger-gould/what-makes-people-fat-_b_51179.html

You'll notice from the comments that people are pretty resistant to the idea that feelings play such a huge role in losing weight. I think we need to make it safe for people to understand how painful the idea of giving up the comfort of food can be. Once we don't have to feel ashamed about this, there will be room for real change.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:54:30 AM | 4 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, MAY 31, 2007

Five Tips to End Emotional Eating

Emotional Eating is the number one reason that diets fail but the good news is that it's a learned behavior that can be stopped.


1. Become aware of the moments when you overeat.
Notice the difference between the times when you eat in a controlled way and the times when you overindulge. Is it when you're alone or in groups? At night or in the afternoon? When you're angry, tired, stressed or bored?

2. Pause.
Take a time-out when you're tempted to overeat and ask yourself the following questions: What am I really hungry for? Is food going to help me get what I really want? What else could I do besides eating?

3. Develop an inventory of other sources of comfort.
You eat to feel better because it works. You do feel better for a few moments after you eat, that is until the guilt settles in. Your mind offers it as an option because you haven't learned better, more effective forms of comfort. When you learn new ways, you won't need food.

4. Put the pieces of your life in order.
The more you know how to manage the details of your life (your past, your self-doubts, your finances, your relationships, your household, your family) the less you'll need the comfort of food.

5. Be happy now.
People are under the false pretense that when they lose weight they'll be happy but it actually happens in reverse. When you are content with who you are and how your life is going you're in a place to make mindful food choices and finally lose the weight you want to lose.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:39:32 AM | 12 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, MAY 22, 2007

Top 5 Things That Make You Fat - True or False

1. Carbs make you fat

False: Carbohydrates are actually a necessary part of a balanced diet. However, carbs have become the new scape goat. The French are thin and you don’t see them giving up their baguettes.

2. Thyroid problems make you fat

False: While thyroid problems do contribute to a lower metabolism there are many people who have hypothyroidism and maintain a healthy weight.

3. Fat makes you fat

False: Fat is actually your friend. Just like carbs it’s important to have good fats in your diet—fats that provide Omega 3 and 6 like flax meal, salmon, olive oil and avocadoes.

4. Genes make you fat

False: While genes can give you a propensity to be overweight they don’t make it an absolute inevitability that you’ll be fat.

5. Feelings make you fat

True: There are over a dozen studies that were conducted over the past fifty years all over the world that say negative emotions are the number one factor in weight gain.


Some of these answers might make you feel defensive. Genes and hormones are really tricky. I know because all of the women in my family are overweight or obese and many of us (indcluding myself) have hypothryroidism. Those two factors have made it more difficult for me to lose weight and maintain an optimal weight but not impossible. The thing with genes and hormones is that they can make you feel powerless. If your genes or your thyroid dictate that you're more likely to be overweight you might feel defeated. The whole thing is just too hard, so why bother. Right? I know I used to feel that way. If you fall into one of those categories, please don't make the mistake of believing that you have no other choice. It's just not true.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:07:21 AM | 8 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, MAY 18, 2007

Weekends Can Be Rough for Emotional Eaters

Weekends can trigger emotional eating for two reasons.

1. If you're a social person you may find yourself in situations where there is a lot of eating and don't know how to control your urges.
2. If you wish you had social engagements and don't, the weekend can be a time of loneliness and isolation.

No matter which category you find yourself in, it all goes back to remembering to pause before you eat and ask yourself if you're really hungry. If you're not hungry, what are you hungry for, and how can you take a step towards getting it?

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:10:06 PM | 3 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, MAY 18, 2007

What Excuses Do You Make?

There are a thousand excuses to hold onto your emotional eating patterns. The first step to breaking them is to admit you're making them. Below are some of the most common excuses people make to keep overeating.

  • Eating right now will not really impact my weight loss efforts.
  • I won't feel any better if I lose weight so there's no point to controlling what I eat.
  • Even if I lose weight I still won't avoid health problems so it's a waste of energy.
  • It's not worth 'depriving' myself like this today -- trying later will work better.
  • I can't really control my urges in the long run so I might as well give up now.
  • There's no point in trying to lose weight, since I give up on all my diets anyway.
  • I don't feel ready to make a big dieting effort.
  • In this moment, I just don't care anymore.

What excuses do you make? Identifying the excuses you make to justify overeating is an essential step towards successful weight loss. Awareness is essential when it comes to excuses. Only through insight and awareness can you stop them from being a problem.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 6:49:34 AM | 11 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, MAY 17, 2007

The Ten Habits of Every Successful Dieter

There are 10 habits that every successful dieter must practice. How many are you struggling to master?

1. Listening to Your Body
Listening to your body means that you carefully observe yourself when you are eating to determine when you are physically satisfied. If you practice listening to your body, you can greatly decrease the amount of food you eat. Many people overeat because they feel like they have to clean their plate or because they want to feel stuffed. But these people aren't listening to the signals from their body telling them that they are physically full.

2. Hunger Management
Many people overeat because they don't properly manage their hunger. Some let themselves get too hungry and their hunger forces them to eat too much when they finally see food again. Or, they eat unhealthy food to quickly satisfy their hunger. The best way to manage your hunger is to strategically plan meals ahead of time so you don't get too hungry. The other trick is to carry around healthy snacks so your hunger never gets out of control.

3. Bouncing Back
Let's face it - indulgence is inevitable. If you don't indulge yourself, at least occasionally, you'll eventually feel deprived. And the fact is, you can't feel deprived your whole life. Besides there's no reason to feel deprived. You can lose weight without depriving yourself! You just have to be flexible. If you eat too much one day, you have to compensate for it later by eating less or exercising more. Being flexible and bouncing back is the name of the game. Don't let one little indulgence prevent you from managing your weight for a lifetime.

4. Keeping My Weight In Mind
Keeping your weight in your mind when you're choosing what to eat and what to avoid is a big part of winning the weight loss battle. If your weight loss goal slips out of your mind at the sight of your favorite foods, you'll find yourself sabotaging your own weight loss efforts. It's important to stay focused. You need to understand that weight loss happens in the present. If you tell yourself, "This time it's ok," and go overboard on your favorite food, what will prevent you from telling yourself the same thing the next time, and the time after that? Keep your mind on your goal, but always remember that what you do right now will determine how quickly you reach your goal, or whether you reach it at all.

5. Avoiding Junk Food
I don't have to explain why this is one of the 10 Habits because eating too much junk food is a surefire way of keeping your ideal weight out of reach-that's why it's called junk food. But junk food has a powerful hold over some people that can be hard to break and that's why it deserves special attention.

6. Exercising Enough
Exercise is absolutely essential to weight loss. It doesn't matter how few calories or carbs you eat, if you don't use up that energy throughout the week. Getting out there and getting your heart rate up at least a few times a week is key.

7. Using Portion Control
Consciously controlling how much you eat is important. It means you are in charge of what you eat, rather than food being in charge of you. If you know something's fattening, eat a smaller portion. Eat half of something instead of the whole portion. Cutting back on the portion means cutting back on the pounds. Eating smaller portions will also make listening to your body much easier.

Binge Prevention
People complain of their inability to control binging almost more than any other essential weight loss habit. No matter what they do, people just can't seem to stop the urge to binge. Whether they binge when they're frustrated, unhappy, or faced with their favorite foods, almost everyone who struggles with weight loss is faced with this foe. Conquering the urge to binge is a necessary step in lifelong weight management.

9. Savoring My Food
Eating slowly and attentively enables you to prevent overeating. Not only does it help you listen to your body and enforce portion control, it makes you take note of what you're eating. If you're eating donuts, you'll recognize that and be able to stop yourself before you eat too many, that is, more than one. If you eat quickly or inattentively, you might not really realize that you're eating too much until it's too late.

10. Choosing A Balanced Diet
Choosing a well-balanced diet is key to weight loss. There is plenty of information out there for you. It's not the ability to find a balanced diet plan that's the problem - it's sticking to it. Try to find a well-balanced diet that fits your personal tastes.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:43:54 PM | 7 COMMENTS


THURSDAY, MAY 17, 2007

The Eight Signs of Emotional Eating

A lot of people ask me, "How do I know if I am overeating for emotional reasons?"

Luckily, figuring this out is one of the easiest things to do. There are very specific symptoms and signs that you can look for. If any of the following statements sound like they could apply to you, then it's likely you are struggling with emotional eating.

1. My hunger comes on suddenly.
Physical hunger comes on slowly. Hunger from emotional eating often comes on quickly and suddenly.

2. I crave specific foods - generally not carrot sticks or steamed broccoli.
Cravings for specific, usually unhealthy foods is a sign of emotional eating. Often people like the rush they get from satisfying their cravings. That rush is fulfilling emotional hunger.

3. My hunger feels urgent - I need a particular food right away and I'm willing to walk out of my way, or get in your car late at night, or raid my kid's Halloween candy to get it.
Physical hunger, unless you haven't eaten for a very long time, is usually pretty patient. It will wait for food. Emotional hunger demands to be satisfied immediately.

4. My hunger is often paired with an upsetting emotion - if I backtrack a few hours or a few days I'll usually find an upsetting event and feeling that triggered the urge.
Hunger that's connected to an upsetting emotion or situation is definitely emotional hunger. Physical hunger is not typically triggered by emotions.

5. My eating habits involve unconscious eating - all of a sudden I'm eating ice-cream and I find the whole container is gone.
When you're eating for physical reasons, you are usually mindful of what you're doing. If you catch yourself eating "just because," then it's likely you're eating for emotional reasons.

6. I don't stop eating in response to being full - I keep wanting more of the taste of the food.
Physical hunger doesn't need to be stuffed in order to be satisfied. Emotional hunger on the other hand often demands more and more food to feel satisfied.

7. My hunger isn't located in belly - I crave the taste of a certain food in my mouth or I can't stop thinking of a certain food.
Feeling hungry in this way is usually a sign of emotional hunger. Physical hunger is happy to get what it can, while emotional hunger usually focuses on specific tastes and textures.

8. After I satisfy my hunger, I am often filled with a sense of regret or guilt.
Feeding your body what it needs is not something to feel guilty about. If you feel guilty after you eat, it's likely because part of you knows you're not eating just to satisfy physical hunger.

If it sounds like you could make any of these statements, it's likely you are struggling with physical hunger.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 9:53:47 AM | 10 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, MAY 15, 2007

Loneliness and Overeating

"The worst loneliness is not to be comfortable with yourself."
Mark Twain

Many people have recently posted about their feelings of loneliness. Loneliness is a big issue in our society and it plays a big role in emotional eating.

Loneliness plays a big role in many types of eating but particularly night binging. My son is going to be seven next week. But I have been raising him alone since he was two months old. I used to notice that a couple of hours after dinner I would wander into the kitchen where I'd have a cookie, then I'd need something salty so I'd have a few chips or a piece of cheese, then sweet again so I'd finish a container of ice-cream. I wasn't even hungry in the first place.

So, what was happening?

For many people, and I was one of them, the night brings up a lot of anxiety and loneliness. At night I used to think about how much I missed raising my son with a partner. The house would be quiet without the noise of a toddler and my thoughts and fears would get too loud. The sound of chewing would distract me from the noise in my head. Only you can answer what you are lonely for; is it love, sex, friends, children, family?

We work in cubicles, we live in isolated apartments, and we parent our children alone. Human beings are social creatures. While we may benefit from solitude, most of us don't like to be alone. I wrote the Mark Twain quote on top because, for me, a lot of my loneliness went away as I became more comfortable with myself and my circumstances. I didn't want to be raising a child alone, but I was. I didn't always like that I was at home caring for a child while all my single friends still had their freedom, but it was a choice I made. The more I could accept reality and be comfortable with myself, the less I needed food. Now, my nights are different. I use the nights to read, watch Netflix, catch up with friends on the phone, and take care of the house.

We at Shrink Yourself understand that getting support on this journey is so important. We are currently working on creating message boards so that you can support each other. I will moderate the boards and answer any questions you have. In the meantime, please post your comments on the most current blog post.

As trite as this may sound, you are not alone, I am reading your comments and understand your struggle.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 1:17:45 PM | 15 COMMENTS


MONDAY, APRIL 30, 2007

The Deep Roots of Emotional Eating

The reason our program is 12 weeks long and the Shrink Yourself book is 273 pages is because emotional eating is not quite as simple as figuring out that you eat to feel better, or you eat to avoid feeling bad. Yes, noticing those patterns is an essential part of changing them, but it's not the only thing. One member commented that those things feel obvious, and for some people they are. But in the deeper part of the program (the last four weeks) and the deeper parts of the book (the Safety, Rebellion and Emptiness Layers), you start to see how deeply rooted and complex emotional eating patterns can be. They can be so deeply rooted that many people sabotage their dieting success. Somewhere in their mind, they actually believe that it's better to be fat. It's this deeper part, the part that is resistant to change, that we'll help you find.


It took me time to find my hunger switch, the things that made me want to eat. For example, last week under a work deadline I ate four cookies while working at my desk. In the moment, I remembered being an art major in High School and needing a one-pound bag of M&M's to get me through long nights at my drafting table. I felt lonely and overwhelmed in the basement of my house. I've learned not to eat after seven o'clock, so eating cookies at midnight was strange for me, but there must've been some of the old feelings of loneliness and overwhelm lingering in me. Tonight, when I needed to work, yet again the cookies tempted me. This time, I said, "No." I found that I survived. I still feel a bit lonely and overwhelmed but at least I don't have the guilt of eating the wrong food to contend with. I know that food can't fill the emptiness I had as a kid, and it can't fill the emptiness I sometimes still feel today.

It may take you time to find your hunger switch, too. Please be patient with yourself.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 11:58:58 PM | 14 COMMENTS


WEDNESDAY, APRIL 25, 2007

Best Comment of the Week

I just wanted to post a comment but I did not know where to go. I just wanted to say that your site and the work I have done thru you is one of the best things that ever happened to me. I was finally able to break through some logstanding issues and some I did not even know where there! I am very grateful for your program and I recommend it to everyone I know. Thank You.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:54:04 PM | 1 COMMENTS


TUESDAY, APRIL 24, 2007

April is Emotional Overeating Awareness Month

April is Emotional Overeating Awareness Month. In the next week, you might want to ask yourselves as you're about to eat, is my stomach hungry, do I need food right now or am I hungry for something else?

Are you hungry for love, fulfillment, stimulation, friendship, success?

If you answer "yes" to any of those questions, my challenge to you just for this week is to take one small action towards having the things you really want instead of eating. It could be doing your overdue taxes, reconnecting with an old friend, cleaning out the garage, taking a bath, joining a book club or anything you are hungry for.

If you take this challenge, please report on your experiences by hitting comments below.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 10:07:11 AM | 5 COMMENTS


FRIDAY, APRIL 06, 2007

Good Housekeeping Article Recognizes Emotional Eating

In the April, 2007 issue of Good Housekeeping, Caroline Bollinger wrote about Slim Down Secrets. It's an article that profiles how six or seven different women finally lost the weight they wanted (they each had about 100 lbs. to lose each)

Each one reached a place where she came to see the way she was using food to feel better. Here are some of the things the women said, "I often ate to fill an emptiness inside;" "I was miserable and to dull the pain, I'd eat;" "my worst habit was snacking when I was stressed, bored, or wanted a reward for doing something well;" and "food became my medication."

These are all descriptions of Emotional Eating. Each of the women above had to deal with those issues before she could commit to a sensible eating plan, and finally lose the weight she wanted.

One woman said, "there was always the knowledge that my life was meant to be more."

I know I felt this way when I was carrying extra weight. Ironically, extra weight included extra emotional baggage. What are the ways that you know your life is meant to be more?
I invite you to search, to dream, and to share your comments on this board.

In the June issue of Good Housekeeping, Dr. Gould will be talking more about Emotional Eating and the Shrink Yourself method.

POSTED BY !MICHELLE! | 2:59:16 PM | 2 COMMENTS

* *
The Shrink Yourself Blog
The Shrink Yourself Blog, hosted by Michelle Fiordaliso, clinical director of Shrink Yourself, gives you expert info on emotional eating.

*

Recent Posts
FEEDING THE MIND
Only Measure Meal by Meal
Self-Acceptance Starts Now!
If Food Isn’t Love, What Is?
Codependence Contributes to Overeating
3 Ways to Trust Yourself Enough to Lose the Weight
How to Warm Up Without Food
People, People Who Need People
Are Your Resolutions Being Sabotaged?
New Year – New Approach
Same Same but Different
Sweeten Your Season Without Sugar
3 Ways to Try a New Approach This Holiday Season
Holiday Binge Eating
The 12 Types of Holiday Eating & Tips for Tackling Them
3 Ways to Alleviate Loneliness & The Hunger It Creates
Using a Plateau to Propel You Forward: What to Do When You Stop Losing Weight?
My Virtual Shrink: A New Program by Dr. Roger Gould
Be Proactive About Holiday Binging (Start Now)
4 Ways Fat Feels Safe
7 Things to Learn from Successful Calorie Cutters
H.A.L.T. Before Your Next Bite of Food
Do You Get Hungry After Dark? More Information for Night Eaters.
Are You A Procrastinator? A Parent? Try A New Approach
A Shrink Yourself Success Story
Exes and Overeating
This Labor Day: Don’t Work!
10 Things You Must Know About Hypothyroidism
How Stress Gets You Into a Rut that Makes You Overeat
Food As a Form of Punishment
What Can a Year of Shrink Yourself Do For You?
Food is NOT a Reward!
Losing Weight Can Be as Simple as Breathing In
Understand Your Emotions Instead of Eating to Stuff Them Down
Learn from a Former Shrink Yourself Member's Success
The Missing Link to Getting Slim for Summer
4 Ways We Contribute to One Another's Unhealthy Relationships with Food
3 Reasons More and More People Are Addicted to Food
The Darker Side of Emotional Eating: Overcoming Bulimia & Other Eating Disorders
3 Steps to Build Your Own Emotional Eating Rescue Kit
If Not Overeating, Then What?
3 Essential Things to Remember If You’re Trying to Lose Weight
How Long Do I Have to Wait to See Change?
Overeating: How to Avoid Falling Off the Wagon
Food Addiction & 3 Ways to Recover Your Power
3 Ways to Cope with Job Insecurity (Or Any Other Kind of Insecurity)
3 Holes You Might Be Trying to Fill With Food
How the Recession Affects Overeating
To Lose Weight You Need a Team: Who’s on Yours?
Become the Master of Your Emotions in Three Easy Steps
Never Diet Again
The Pause Before the Purchase
New Study Says “Weight Loss Boils Down to Calories” (Don’t Be So Sure That's All You Need)
Come Clean From Sugar Addiction
Overcoming Emotional Eating: A Success Story
Be the Master of Your Emotions & Eat Less
Human Relationships Make Us Eat (But They Don't Have To)
Why Confusion Makes You Eat More Than Many Other Emotions
Caretaking and Overeating
3 Steps to Certain Weight Loss
How to Finally Lose Weight in the New Year
Does TV Make You Overeat?
Don’t Fall Into Old Familiar Patterns During the Holiday Season
Oprah's Struggle with Overeating: What Does that Mean for You?
Overspending & Overeating: What's the Connection?
Gratitude
Men are Emotional Eaters Too
3 Ways to Enjoy the Time Until You Lose the Weight
Is Food Your Substitute for Love?
3 Ways to Combat Perfectionism
Is Food Really Your Friend?
3 Ways to Avoid Weight Gain This Halloween
I’m Doing Everything Right: Why Is the Scale Stuck on the Same Number?
Never Binge Again
Do You Need to Diet to Lose Weight?
The Education You Never Got in School
Back to School
PMS and Emotional Eating
Exercise: A Way to Finally Stick With It
Food Pushers Everywhere You Go
Shrink Your Waist, Expand Your Brain
Don't Speak - Don't Eat
Carol Solomon
Sex and the City
Kung Fu Panda: An Emotional Eater
Overeating Keeps You on the Sidelines of Life
Would You Give a Crying Child a Donut and Send Them Away?
Put It on Paper
Response to No More Cravings from Dr. Gould
Pause and Taste the Feeling, The Feeling That Makes You Eat Too Much
Michelle on Hot Mom's Club Site
3 Reasons You Won’t Lose Weight
No More Cravings: Simple Secret Revealed
The Pain-Body and The Feeling Phobia (A Series on The New Earth by Eckart Tolle)
The Moral of the Story is Care
Being an Adult is the Best Kept Secret
Oscar Snacks
The Devil You Know
Prepare for Valentine's Day
How To Look Good Naked
Happy New Year!
Chair Yoga: Soothe Yourself Right in Your Seat
It's Not Just What You Eat That Makes You Fat: It's What You Drink
Meditation for Weight Loss
How Stress Makes You Flabby
5 Reasons Your Partner Makes You Fat
Sugar, More Addictive Than Cocaine.
Lessons Learned on Halloween (for Next Year)
Diet and Cancer Report
Nighttime Eating
Women: Don't Keep Your Feelings Bottled Up
Quinoa (A Great Grain for Losing Weight)
Oprah Interview
Fat: A Protective Coating
Leslie Sansone - If You Live In A Dangerous Place - Walk in the Safety of Your Home
A National Plan That Misses The Point
What Will I Think About If I'm Not Obsessed with Food?
Shrink Yourself in Psychology Today (August Issue)
The Sum of What Our Program Does
Losing Weight Karate Kid Style
By 2015 75% of Americans will be Overweight
Resistance to the Idea of Emotional Eating
Shrink Yourself on MSN
Fat: A Perfect Hiding Place
Stress + Junk Food = Obesity ** Break The Toxic Equation
Look Out For Articles By Dr. Gould
Is It Too Late to Lose the Weight?
Depression & Anxiety Affect The Outcome of Obesity Surgeries
Are You An Emotional Eater? (An Excerpt from Shrink Yourself)
Dr. Gould on the Huffington Post
Five Tips to End Emotional Eating
Top 5 Things That Make You Fat - True or False
Weekends Can Be Rough for Emotional Eaters
What Excuses Do You Make?
The Ten Habits of Every Successful Dieter
The Eight Signs of Emotional Eating
Loneliness and Overeating
The Deep Roots of Emotional Eating
Best Comment of the Week
April is Emotional Overeating Awareness Month
Good Housekeeping Article Recognizes Emotional Eating
You're Not Alone in Your Efforts to Lose Weight

Archives
None.

welcome | how it works | learn more | free trial | blog | start the 12-week program | member login | terms of use and privacy policy | contact us
Copyright © 1998-2008 by IHS Online, Inc. All rights reserved.
Last updated 4/11/2007